<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=114.79.28.10</id>
	<title>Maemo Wiki Mirror - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=114.79.28.10"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php/Special:Contributions/114.79.28.10"/>
	<updated>2026-04-21T20:40:50Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Enterprise_Device_Configuration&amp;diff=9544</id>
		<title>Enterprise Device Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Enterprise_Device_Configuration&amp;diff=9544"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:15:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Summary */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The user device is configured using the following components:&lt;br /&gt;
* User configuration file: Enterprise User Configuration File (EUF)&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration package: Enterprise Package (EP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enterprise User Configuration File ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise User Configuration File: A container for user-specific and enterprise-specific configuration values collected from various sources.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EUF&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is a result of the provisioning phase of the installation (recall [[Enterprise_-_Tried_and_tested_provisioning_strategies|the tried and tested]] or [[Enterprise_Provisioning_-_Strategy_Variations|the alternate]] provisioning strategies depending on your environment setup).&lt;br /&gt;
It may contain, e.g., user specific information. It is a simple XML file. We use the following as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?xml version=&amp;quot;1.0&amp;quot; encoding=&amp;quot;UTF-8&amp;quot; ?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;CONF&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;NAME&amp;gt;Joe Buck&amp;lt;/NAME&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;REMOTE_ACCESS&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;LOGIN&amp;gt;joebuck&amp;lt;/LOGIN&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/REMOTE_ACCESS&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;SIP&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;NAME&amp;gt;ext-joe.4.buck&amp;lt;/NAME&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;PASS&amp;gt;98765876&amp;lt;/PASS&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/SIP&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;WLAN&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;RESTAURANT&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;LOGIN&amp;gt;joejoe&amp;lt;/LOGIN&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;PASS&amp;gt;buckybuck&amp;lt;/PASS&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/RESTAURANT&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/WLAN&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;EMAIL&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;ADDRESS&amp;gt;ext-joe.4.buck@company.org&amp;lt;/ADDRESS&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/EMAIL&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/CONF&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is used by configuration scripts and programs to automatically fill-in e-mail addresses, passwords, etc. in the configuration files of the supported&lt;br /&gt;
applications. This way, after the installation of the Enterprise Package, the user will need to do only the minimal (if any) amount of manual setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our examples, this configuration file is assumed to be in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user/MyDocs/.documents/EnterpriseConfig.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; after the provisioning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enterprise Package ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is an installable application package that contains the following main parts:&lt;br /&gt;
* List of included applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration scripts and configuration data: Used to configure the supported settings and applications on the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, we create a simple &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; that you can soon download from carage. This example can be used as a template to create your own customized package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; may contain references to applications that are automatically installed when &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an application you need to do the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that a Debian package is available of the application.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the repository where the debian package is found is accessible via the Application Manager during the installation of the &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the debian/control file of &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;. For example, to add an application called &amp;quot;vpngui&amp;quot; you will have a control file similar to this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Source: ep-example&lt;br /&gt;
Section: user/office&lt;br /&gt;
Priority: optional&lt;br /&gt;
Maintainer: Joe Buck &amp;lt;joe.buck@net.org&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Build-Depends: debhelper (&amp;gt;= 4.0.0), maemo-optify&lt;br /&gt;
Standards-Version: 3.6.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Package: ep-example&lt;br /&gt;
Architecture: all&lt;br /&gt;
Section: user/office&lt;br /&gt;
Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, rdesktop-maemo (&amp;gt;= 1.6.0-2maemo1), rdesktop-m5ui (&amp;gt;= 1.0), enterprise-configurator (&amp;gt;= 1.0), vpngui (&amp;gt;= 5.5.0), vpnc (&amp;gt;= 0.5.9-1m6)&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Enterprise application package for Joe Buck and his company.&lt;br /&gt;
XB-Maemo-Display-Name: Joe Buck&#039;s Enterprise Package&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html Debian Policy Manual: Chapter 5 - Control files and their fields] has more information about creating Debian control files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuring applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you look in the data directory of the example, you will see several different files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configurator uses a utility called enterprise-configurator. Here we demonstrate its usage by some practical examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This package contains command line utilities that simplify some common tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
One major component is the epconf program. It is called from the debian/postinst, preinst and prerm scripts (see [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-maintainerscripts.html Debian Policy Manual: Chapter 6 - Package maintainer scripts and installation procedure] for more information about Debian maintainer scripts).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The files from the data directory are installed under &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/epconf-sets/ep-example&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (see &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/Makefile.am&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;). The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epconf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; utility processes them, for example, after installation based on debian/postinst:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#!/bin/sh&lt;br /&gt;
epconf macro /home/user/MyDocs/.documents/EnterpriseConfig.xml install ep-example&lt;br /&gt;
exit 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The epconf utility then processes the following files in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/epconf-sets/ep-example&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;clean-user-data.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: This script is called when the users requests to clear the user data. It should remove user specific configuration files and sensitive data related to the applications that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is responsible for.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;process-list&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: A list of processes that have to be stopped when &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is being configured. For example, if &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; configures an IM client, probably the IM client should be stopped before the configuration starts. Every line in this file contains a process name as seen with the &amp;quot;ps&amp;quot; command.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;process-list.stop&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: This script is called if any of the processes listed in process-list is found running during configuration. It is responsible to stop those processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The device configuration is done with the following files:&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: These are in-files for the epconftool utility used by epconf.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.crt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: These must be certificates in DER format. They are registered in the device for WLAN authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.vcard&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: Every VCard file is inserted into the Contacts list.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;thumbnail_*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: These image files are copied to the device and can be used in, e.g., Web bookmarks for thumbnail images (see [[Enterprise_Device_Configuration#Browser_Bookmarks|Browser Bookmarks]] for more information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Epconf has two main arguments, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;uninstall&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, that do the configuration and de-configuration respectively. Epconf processes these above files during both installation and uninstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Epconf in-files (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) are special. In these, you can refer to text node values in the &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise User Configuration File: A container for user-specific and enterprise-specific configuration values collected from various sources.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EUF&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;. For example, based on our sample &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise User Configuration File: A container for user-specific and enterprise-specific configuration values collected from various sources.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EUF&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; above, if &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;%CONF_SIP_NAME%&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; appears anywhere in an in-file, it is replaced by epconf with the text &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;ext-joe.4.buck&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (both without the double quotes). This is how the values in the &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise User Configuration File: A container for user-specific and enterprise-specific configuration values collected from various sources.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EUF&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; can be used to configure the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuration examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configurations below are included in our example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Contacts ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts can be added to the contact list by providing the corresponding VCards in the data directory of &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
An FN field must exist in each VCard that serves as an identifier. During installation, this FN field is used to detect duplicate contacts. During uninstallation, it is used to find the contact to be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
BEGIN:VCARD&lt;br /&gt;
VERSION:3.0&lt;br /&gt;
N:Helpline;Company&lt;br /&gt;
FN:Company Emergency Helpline&lt;br /&gt;
ORG:Company Co.&lt;br /&gt;
TEL;TYPE=WORK:+456789098765&lt;br /&gt;
END:VCARD&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During uninstallation, all the contacts that have the &amp;quot;Company Emergency Helpline&amp;quot; FN field are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Desktop shortcuts ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desktop shortcuts are small icons on the desktop screen of the device. These are created by modifying the GConf database. The configuration file that is responsible for this in our example is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/shortcuts.do-as-user.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[CONTROL]&lt;br /&gt;
type:gconf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[DATA]&lt;br /&gt;
dir:/apps/osso/hildon-home/bookmarks/company&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:icon:%INFILE_DIR%/company_160x96.png&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:label:Company&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:url:http://www.company.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dir:/apps/osso/hildon-home/bookmarks/company-support&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:icon:%INFILE_DIR%/company_160x96.png&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:label:Support&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:url:http://www.company.com/support&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dir:/apps/osso/hildon-home&lt;br /&gt;
merge:string-list:bookmark-shortcuts:[company,company-support]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a GConf in-file that is processed by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epconf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;CONTROL&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; section tells that it contains GConf-related settings. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DATA&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; section describes the GConf directories and their nodes that are modified during installation/uninstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example creates two shortcuts to two web pages. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%INFILE_DIR%&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; macro is replaced by the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/epconf-sets/ep-example&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; string. So, the icons are taken from &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/epconf-sets/ep-example/company_160x96.png&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Those icons are provided in the data directory of the &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; package and are installed to /usr/share/epconf-sets/ep-example when the &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000ff&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enterprise Package: Contains the Enterprise Configurator and also contains a reference to all other required packages.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;EP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== WLAN ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WLAN access points are also configured by using gconf in-files. The data/wlan.do-as-user.epin configures our example WLAN AP. The new AP will be available in the list of Access Points by the name &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;COMPANY_RESTAURANT&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[CONTROL]&lt;br /&gt;
type:gconf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[DATA]&lt;br /&gt;
dir:/system/osso/connectivity/IAP/COMPANY_RESTAURANT&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:EAP_default_type:25&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:proxy_https_port:0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:proxy_http_port:0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:type:WLAN_INFRA&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:ipv4_address:0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:EAP_manual_username:anonymous@anon1&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:ipv4_autodns:true&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:EAP_GSMSIM_max_reauth_count:100&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:ipv4_gateway:0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxytype:NONE&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:wlan_powersave:4&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:autoconf_url:&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxy_https:&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:EAP_MSCHAPV2_username:%CONF_WLAN_RESTAURANT_LOGIN%&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:TLS_server_authenticates_client_policy_in_client:false&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:wlan_security:WPA_EAP&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxy_rtsp:&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:EAP_use_manual_username:true&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:proxy_ftp_port:0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:proxy_rtsp_port:0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int-list:wlan_ssid:[87,73,86,79]&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:EAP_wpa2_only_mode:false&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:wlan_adhoc_channel:0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:ipv4_dns1:0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:ipv4_dns2:0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxy_http:&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:ipv4_netmask:0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:PEAP_tunneled_eap_type:26&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int-list:omit_proxy:[]&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:ipv4_type:AUTO&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:wlan_hidden:false&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:EAP_MSCHAPV2_password:%CONF_WLAN_RESTAURANT_PASS%&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:EAP_MSCHAPV2_password_prompt:0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxy_ftp:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%CONF_WLAN_RESTAURANT_USER%&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; macro will be automatically replaced by epconf with the value of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/CONF/WLAN/RESTAURANT/USER&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; node from the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user/MyDocs/.documents/EnterpriseConfig.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%CONF_WLAN_RESTAURANT_PASS%&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is processed similarly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our WLAN needs also a root certificate used for authentication. It is in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/wlan.crt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and it is automatically installed to the right place by epconf so, no special in-file is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mail for Exchange ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mail for Exchange (MfE) account is not fully configured due to the unavailability of the user&#039;s password. Nevertheless, the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/activesync.do-as-user.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; fills in most of the fields of the MfE setup wizard so, the user needs to provide only her password:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[CONTROL]&lt;br /&gt;
type:gconf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[DATA]&lt;br /&gt;
dir:/apps/activesync/preconfigure&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:credentials/username:%CONF_REMOTE_ACCESS_LOGIN%&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:email/email_addr:%CONF_EMAIL_ADDRESS%&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:connection/exchange_server:mail.company.org&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:credentials/domain:COMPANY&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:connection/port:443&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:contacts/first_sync:1&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:connection/secure_connection:true&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:connection/sync/mail:true&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:connection/sync/contacts:true&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:connection/sync/calendar:true&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%CONF_REMOTE_ACCESS_LOGIN%&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; macro will be automatically replaced by epconf with the value of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/CONF/REMOTE_ACCESS/LOGIN&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; node from the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user/MyDocs/.documents/EnterpriseConfig.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%CONF_EMAIL_ADDRESS%&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is processed similarly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== SIP Account ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A SIP VoIP account is created by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/im-sip.do-as-user.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. It is an in-file that contains two shell scripts in its &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DATA&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; section. One for installation and&lt;br /&gt;
one for uninstallation. The scripts after the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;install:&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; mark is executed when epconf is invoked with the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;install&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; argument. Similarly, the script after the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;uninstall:&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; mark is executed during uninstallation (i.e. de-configuration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Browser Bookmarks ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browser bookmarks are stored in an XML file. Modifying XML files is a complicated task so, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epconf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides a way to do it relatively easily with in-files. In our examples, web browser bookmarks are configured by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/bookmarks.do-as-user.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[CONTROL]&lt;br /&gt;
type:xml&lt;br /&gt;
target:/home/user/.bookmarks/MyBookmarks.xml&lt;br /&gt;
node_path:/xbel/bookmark&lt;br /&gt;
node_id_path:./title&lt;br /&gt;
if_exists:replace&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[DATA]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;?xml version=&amp;quot;1.0&amp;quot;?&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;DOCTYPE xbel PUBLIC &amp;quot;+//IDN python.org//DTD XML Bookmark Exchange Language 1.0//EN//XML&amp;quot; &amp;quot;http://www.python.org/topics/xml/dtds/xbel-1.0.dtd&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;xbel version=&amp;quot;1.0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;metadata&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;default_folder&amp;gt;yes&amp;lt;/default_folder&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/metadata&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;My bookmarks&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;metadata&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;time_visited&amp;gt;%TIME_EPOCH%&amp;lt;/time_visited&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;time_added&amp;gt;%TIME_EPOCH%&amp;lt;/time_added&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;operator_bookmark&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/operator_bookmark&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;deleted&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/deleted&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/metadata&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;bookmark href=&amp;quot;https://mail.company.com&amp;quot; favicon=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; thumbnail=&amp;quot;thumbnail_company.png&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;Company Email&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;desc&amp;gt;%MARKER%&amp;lt;/desc&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/bookmark&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;bookmark href=&amp;quot;company.com/&amp;quot; favicon=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; thumbnail=&amp;quot;thumbnail_company.png&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;Company Home Page&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;desc&amp;gt;%MARKER%&amp;lt;/desc&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/bookmark&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/xbel&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;target&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; tag in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;CONTROL&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; section tells the location of the bookmark file on the device. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;node_path&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; identifies (by an XPath expression) the nodes that are to be inserted. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;node_id_path&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (also an XPath expression) tells what part of the nodes (identified by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;node_id_path&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) should be used for detection duplicate entries (nodes).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DATA&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; section contains the XML that we want to merge with the contents of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;target&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. It must be a complete XML file because if the target does not exist it will be created with the full contents of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DATA&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, in our example, we want to add two bookmarks to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user/.bookmarks/MyBookmarks.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The bookmark nodes are taken from the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/xbel/bookmark&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; tags (subtrees). We use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;title&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; tag inside the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;bookmark&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; tags for detecting if a bookmark already exists in the target. If a duplicate is detected, &amp;quot;if_exists&amp;quot; tells that we want our bookmarks to overwrite the existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VPNGUI ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VPN client software has a UI called VPNGUI. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/vpngui-gateways.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; configures two VPN gateways for our Joe Buck user. It is done by modifying the gconf database. Every VPN gateway has its own gconf directory under &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/apps/osso/vpngui/ap/&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The gateway directory name must be a positive integer. For example, we create gateway 0 (Company-Berlin) and 1 (Company-Vancouver):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[CONTROL]&lt;br /&gt;
type:gconf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[DATA]&lt;br /&gt;
dir:/apps/osso/vpngui/ap/0&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:name:Company-Berlin&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:secret:aruba1&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:secret_obf:false&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:group:company&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:gateway:192.122.220.123&lt;br /&gt;
# Possible values: none, manual or auto&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxytype:manual&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxy_server:proxy.europe.company.com&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:proxy_port:8080&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxy_autoconfig_url:http://proxyconf.company.com/proxy.pac&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string-list:proxy_ignore_hosts:[*.company.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dir:/apps/osso/vpngui/ap/1&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:name:Company-Vancouver&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:secret:SDFGHJK1234567SDFGH34567XSDCFG34567XDCG&lt;br /&gt;
replace:bool:secret_obf:true&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:group:linux-vpn&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:gateway:123.123.123.123&lt;br /&gt;
# Possible values: none, manual or auto&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxytype:manual&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxy_server:proxy.americas.company.com&lt;br /&gt;
replace:int:proxy_port:8080&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string:proxy_autoconfig_url:http://proxyconf.company.com/proxy.pac&lt;br /&gt;
replace:string-list:proxy_ignore_hosts:[*.company.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever Joe Buck connects to a VPN gateway, we may need to run some actions. The VPNGUI supports post-connect and post-disconnect scripts that are run after connection and after disconnection respectively. These scripts are put in place by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/vpngui-scripts.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[CONTROL]&lt;br /&gt;
type:shell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[DATA]&lt;br /&gt;
install:&lt;br /&gt;
#!/bin/sh&lt;br /&gt;
for PHASE in post-connect post-disconnect; do&lt;br /&gt;
        mkdir -p /etc/vpngui/$PHASE&lt;br /&gt;
        for i in `ls %INFILE_DIR%/*.$PHASE.vpns 2&amp;gt; /dev/null`; do&lt;br /&gt;
                NAME=`basename $i | cut -f1 -d.`&lt;br /&gt;
                chmod +x $i&lt;br /&gt;
                ln -sf $i /etc/vpngui/$PHASE/$NAME&lt;br /&gt;
        done&lt;br /&gt;
done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
uninstall:&lt;br /&gt;
#!/bin/sh&lt;br /&gt;
for PHASE in post-connect post-disconnect; do&lt;br /&gt;
        for i in `ls %INFILE_DIR%/*.$PHASE.vpns 2&amp;gt; /dev/null`; do&lt;br /&gt;
                NAME=`basename $i | cut -f1 -d.`&lt;br /&gt;
                rm -f /etc/vpngui/$PHASE/$NAME&lt;br /&gt;
        done&lt;br /&gt;
        rmdir -p /etc/vpngui/$PHASE &amp;gt; /dev/null || true&lt;br /&gt;
done&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It basically copies (links) the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/*.vpns&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files to the proper place where VPNGUI can find them during run-time. In our example, these scripts (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/50_company*.vpns&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) force the SIP account to use the VPN connection (this is necessary due to a problem in the N900 software as of 2010.04.28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== RDesktop ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our example, we use a remote desktop client, rdesktop-maemo, which supports the configuration of a custom help file. We install a company specific help file with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;data/rdesktop.epin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[CONTROL]&lt;br /&gt;
type:shell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[DATA]&lt;br /&gt;
install:&lt;br /&gt;
#!/bin/sh -ue&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir -p /usr/share/rdesktop-m5ui&lt;br /&gt;
ln -sf %INFILE_DIR%/rdesktop__help.pdf /usr/share/rdesktop-m5ui/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
uninstall:&lt;br /&gt;
#!/bin/sh&lt;br /&gt;
rm -f /usr/share/rdesktop-m5ui/rdesktop__help.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
rmdir -p /usr/share/rdesktop-m5ui 2&amp;gt;/dev/null || true&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this page, we looked at how to create a custom Enterprise User Configuration File and a corresponding Enterprise Package. The provided examples can be used as a basis for your own deployment purposes. [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [http://goo.gl/ggQRY 4shared] [http://goo.gl/U6h6e gemscool] If you wish to learn more about epconf, feel free to read about [[Enterprise_Configurator|Enterprise Configurator]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Enterprise]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=ITVC_architecture&amp;diff=13256</id>
		<title>ITVC architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=ITVC_architecture&amp;diff=13256"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:15:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* quit */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Note: development of ITVC has stopped. There are [[Video encoding | many popular community-maintained alternatives]] for transcoding - for example [[Video encoding #tablet-encode |tablet-encode]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Internet Tablet Video Converter (from now on called ITVC) application is composed of two main components. The UI takes care of only the user interface and high level business logic, it does not process, or even handle, media files directly. This job is working with media files is delegated to a Media Handler process. This approach removes the burden of dealing with the universe of codecs and media conversion from the UI portion of the app and leaving it free to specialize in what it does best: top notch user interface and usability. This architecture also enables ITVC to use different multimedia frameworks seamlessly by isolating them in a completely independent process: the Media Handler.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But all that wouldn&#039;t mean much if the communication between ITVC and Media Handler was complicated and hard to implement. Thus the communication is done using simple XML-like elements via TCP sockets. Easy to debug, parse and implement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This simple and modular architecture also opens the door for third-party developers to easily make their own Media Handlers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes how ITVC and a Media Handler interact. This is all that one needs to know to be able to develop a Media Handler or to write their own code to interface to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Handler acts as a server listening for TCP connections on a given port. The GUI front end then opens one or more simultaneous client sockets to the Media Handler port and exchanges data in a 2-way communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Media Handler is launched by the main ITVC application, which reads the mhstarter.cfg file (in its main installation directory) to determine which application to actually launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can start the built-in Media Handler provided by ITVC by launching it manually outside of the main application. To do this, simply open up a command line terminal and change directory to the place where the ITVC app was installed. The port to be listened to by the Media Handler is given as a parameter when launching it. The following command line command, for instance, will open a Media Handler using port 1234:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 $&amp;gt; ./mediahandler 1234&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Executing the Media Handler without specifying the port is considered to be an error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be only one instance of a Media Handler implementation running at any given time. So when a Media Handler is started it should check whether there&#039;s already another instance of itself (regardless of the port being used) running and if that&#039;s the case it should quit (leaving the existing one untouched). Please note this design principle if you decide to implement your own Media Handler.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ITVC will maintain a separate idle connection to the Media Handler with the sole purpose of checking whether the Media Handler process is still running.&lt;br /&gt;
Communication Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All communication is done using commands from the ITVC to a Media Handler. The data transfered is XML-like elements using regular ASCII characters for the tags. They are XML-like elements instead of regular XML because their format is very limited and strict in order to make the implementation of a command parser as simple as possible. No whitespaces is allowed inside or between the tags. All commands follows this syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;command-name&amp;gt;param1|param2|param3|...&amp;lt;/command-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where command-name is the name of the command that is being issued and paramN is the command&#039;s Nth parameter. Parameters are separated by a vertical bar &amp;quot;|&amp;quot;. For example: Every single byte between &amp;quot;&amp;lt;command-name&amp;gt;&amp;quot; and the first &amp;quot;|&amp;quot; is considered to be the first parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All defined command names and parameter values are case sensitive (they should be lower case, more specifically).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a command has no parameters, it will look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;command-name&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/command-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collapsed format is not supported, so the following is invalid:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;command-name/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the execution of a command has finished, Media Handler replies with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;result&amp;gt;value&amp;lt;/result&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where value is the result value. If a command succeeds, Media Handler will return the following ASCII string to ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;result&amp;gt;ok&amp;lt;/result&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result value &amp;quot;ok&amp;quot; means a successful command execution. Any value different than that means an error. An error result should be a terse english sentence in ASCII. When possible, a Media Handler should try to use one of the defined error messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Command result error messages&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Error message !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| unknown command&lt;br /&gt;
| The command issued by ITVC is not known.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| invalid parameters&lt;br /&gt;
| If Media Handler fails to parse or recognize one or more parameters of a command.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| command failed&lt;br /&gt;
| Media Handler received a known command, with apparently valid parameters, but its execution failed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| aborted&lt;br /&gt;
| If the command was aborted during its execution.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communication that can happen between ITVC issuing a command and Media Handler replying the result varies according to the command that has been issued.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commands==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Media Handler has the following commands:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== fetch-info===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gathers information from the specified media file and, optionally, creates a thumbnail of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Media&#039;s full file path.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Optional. Full file path of the thumbnail to be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;fetch-info&amp;gt;/Users/foo/myvideo.mov|/Users/foo/myvideo_thumbnail.png&amp;lt;/fetch-info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before sending the command result element, Media Handler will send one or more media properties complying with the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;value&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where name and value are set according to the following table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Possible media properties&lt;br /&gt;
! name !! value&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| video-codec&lt;br /&gt;
| Video codec name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| audio-codec&lt;br /&gt;
| Audio code name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fps&lt;br /&gt;
| Frames per second. A positive integer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width&lt;br /&gt;
| Width in pixels. A positive integer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| height&lt;br /&gt;
| Height in pixels. A positive integer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| length&lt;br /&gt;
| Media duration in seconds. A positive integer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| file-size&lt;br /&gt;
| File size in bytes. A positive integer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| video-bit-rate&lt;br /&gt;
| Video bit rate (per second). A positive integer.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example session:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ITVC -&amp;gt; Media Handler:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;fetch-info&amp;gt;/Users/foo/myvideo.mov|/Users/foo/myvideo_thumbnail.png&amp;lt;/fetch-info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;audio-codec&amp;gt;Ogg Vorbis&amp;lt;/audio-codec&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;length&amp;gt;182&amp;lt;/length&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;file-size&amp;gt;3072&amp;lt;/file-size&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;result&amp;gt;ok&amp;lt;/result&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===transcode===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Converts the specified media file according to the given parameters saving the resulting file at the specified file path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Input path. Full file path of the media that&#039;s going to be converted.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Output path. Full file path of the conversion result.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Width, in pixels, of the converted media file.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Height, in pixels, of the converted media file.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Preferred video compression technology.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Video data rate, in bits per second.&lt;br /&gt;
7. Audio data rate, in bits per second.&lt;br /&gt;
8. Video refresh rate, in frames per second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the video encoder specified in the fifth parameter is not available (or cannot be used for some reason), the Media Handler may fallback to a more convenient one without returning any error or specific feedback. This fallback action is considered a normal (although undesired) behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below defines the valid values (along with their respective meanings) for the video compression parameter:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Video compression parameters&lt;br /&gt;
! Value !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| mpeg4&lt;br /&gt;
| MPEG-4 Part 2, Advanced Simple Profile (ASP)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| h.264&lt;br /&gt;
| MPEG-4 Part 10, either Main or High Profile&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| theora&lt;br /&gt;
| Theora, from Xiph.org Foundation&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Note that the default codecs shipped with the ITVC do not support Theora as an output format. This parameter is there as a placeholder should a 3rd party developer actually implement Theora encoding in new codecs.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;transcode&amp;gt;C:\temp\myvideo.wmv|C:\temp\myconvertedvideo.mp4|400|240|mpeg4|350000|128000|24&amp;lt;/transcode&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the conversion, Media Handler will inform ITVC about the conversion progress by sending progress messsages at arbitrary time intervals. Those messages have the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress&amp;gt;number&amp;lt;/progress&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where number is a positive integer from 0 (inclusive, meaning 0% done) to 10000 (inclusive, meaning 100% done).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Media Handler sends a progress status message, it waits for a response from ITVC on whether it should continue converting or promptly abort the conversion. The progress reply from ITVC has the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress-reply&amp;gt;value&amp;lt;/progress-reply&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where value can be either &amp;quot;proceed&amp;quot;, meaning that Media Handler should proceed with the conversion, or &amp;quot;abort&amp;quot;, meaning that the conversion should stop at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example session:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ITVC -&amp;gt; Media Handler:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;transcode&amp;gt;C:\temp\myvideo.wmv|C:\temp\myconvertedvideo.mp4|400|240|mpeg4|350000|128000|24&amp;lt;/transcode&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress&amp;gt;204&amp;lt;/progress&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ITVC -&amp;gt; Media Handler:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress-reply&amp;gt;proceed&amp;lt;/progress-reply&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress&amp;gt;510&amp;lt;/progress&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ITVC -&amp;gt; Media Handler:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress-reply&amp;gt;proceed&amp;lt;/progress-reply&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress&amp;gt;948&amp;lt;/progress&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ITVC -&amp;gt; Media Handler:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress-reply&amp;gt;proceed&amp;lt;/progress-reply&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress&amp;gt;1159&amp;lt;/progress&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ITVC -&amp;gt; Media Handler:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;progress-reply&amp;gt;abort&amp;lt;/progress-reply&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Media Handler -&amp;gt; ITVC:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;result&amp;gt;aborted&amp;lt;/result&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===quit===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Makes Media Handler&#039;s process exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;quit&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/quit&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a [[:Image:ITV_interaction_diagram.png | visual representation ]] of the interaction process between the ITVC GUI and the Media Handler process based on the above protocol. [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [http://goo.gl/ggQRY 4shared] [http://goo.gl/U6h6e gemscool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Codenames&amp;diff=2899</id>
		<title>Codenames</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Codenames&amp;diff=2899"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:15:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Software */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nokia hardware and software components have lots of codenames and abbreviations, this page describes what we know about these names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Release Table ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Release history table}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maemo ==&lt;br /&gt;
Starting from Bora the release names will be alphabetical, E and G have been excluded from this progression for various reasons (see [http://www.slideshare.net/qgil/nokia-and-Maemo-in-the-new-gnome-mobile-context/3 Presentation by Quim Gil at LinuxTag 2007]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OS2006 ===&lt;br /&gt;
; Mistral - Maemo 2.0 : 1.2006.26-8&lt;br /&gt;
; Scirocco - Maemo 2.1 : Mainly bugfixes and some other enhancements. 2.2006.39-14&lt;br /&gt;
; Gregale - Maemo 2.2 : Bugfixes and enhancements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OS2007 ===&lt;br /&gt;
; Bora - Maemo : 3.x 1.2006.47-20 (3.0), 3.2007.10-7 (3.1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[:Category:OS2008|OS2008]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
; Chinook - Maemo 4.0 : 1.2007.42-18, 1.2007.42-19, 2.2007.50-2 and 2.2007.51-3&lt;br /&gt;
; [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Diablo|Diablo]] - Maemo 4.1 : 4.2008.23-14, 4.2008.30-2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Maemo 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
; [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Fremantle|Fremantle]] : current Maemo release&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Announced releases ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Harmattan|Harmattan]] : future Maemo release, to include bundled officially-supported Qt libraries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Historic names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Sardine : Similar to Debian&#039;s Sid/Unstable, Sardine was an experimental distribution of the Hildon Application Framework for the OS2006 and OS2007, primarily of interest to developers who wish to test &amp;quot;bleeding edge&amp;quot; features that are being developed for future releases of Maemo. As components from Sardine stabilized, they moved into Herring. More information on the [http://sardine.garage.Maemo.org/ Sardine web page]. Sardine was [http://lists.maemo.org/pipermail/maemo-developers/2008-June/016119.html declared dead in June 2008].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Herring : Was to Sardine as Debian Testing is to Debian&#039;s Sid/Stable, Herring was the stable branch of Sardine. Components were moved here to be prepared for release once they were feature complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Elephanta : This would have been a release between Diablo and Fremantle, which was skipped in favor of bringing Maemo 5 out earlier (note the alphabetical order of releases starting with &amp;quot;Bora&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;G&amp;quot; was skipped because of &amp;quot;Gregale&amp;quot;) - some pages still mention it, for example [http://maemo.org/news/announcements/1184675758/] and [http://maemo.org/development/documentation/maemo-quick-start-guide.pdf]; [http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=374918&amp;amp;postcount=2 Explanation in the forums], [http://www.google.at/search?q=site:maemo.org+elephanta Google search of &amp;quot;elephanta&amp;quot; on maemo.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hardware ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Sputnik : Codename for 770 device. Reported [http://www.gossamer-threads.com/lists/maemo/developers/296?search_string=sputnik;#296 here] and [http://www.gossamer-threads.com/lists/maemo/developers/953?search_string=sputnik;#953 here]&lt;br /&gt;
; Soyuz : Codename for mysterious unreleased device, possibly slightly improved 770 (made obsolete by N800?). Mentioned in 2.6.16 linux kernel source for 770 when some support were added for newer hardware - 4 bit SD/MMC mode with faster 24MHz bus speed (with comment &amp;quot;Use faster MMC frequency on Soyuz&amp;quot;) and LS0413Y LCD (used later in N800). So possibly this device had 770 features but full SD/MMC slot and better display.&lt;br /&gt;
; Gagarin : Codename for N800.&lt;br /&gt;
; Selene : Codename for N810.&lt;br /&gt;
; Rover : Codename for N900.&lt;br /&gt;
; Dali : Not yet known. [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=67371 TMO thread] Recently (late 2011) OVI site refers to N9(50) as Dali devices &lt;br /&gt;
; SU-18 : 770&lt;br /&gt;
; RX-34 : N800&lt;br /&gt;
; RX-44 : N810&lt;br /&gt;
; RX-48 : [[Nokia N810WME|N810 WiMAX Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
; RX-51 : [[Nokia N900|N900]]&lt;br /&gt;
; RX-71 : Not yet known.  Device powered by an OMAP3. Possibly less keys (phone?). http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=268833&amp;amp;postcount=15 related TMO post]&lt;br /&gt;
; RM-680 : N950 [https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/oetcf/eas/reports/ViewExhibitReport.cfm?mode=Exhibits&amp;amp;RequestTimeout=500&amp;amp;calledFromFrame=N&amp;amp;application_id=233837&amp;amp;fcc_id=%27LJPRM-680%27 FCC Link]&lt;br /&gt;
; RM-696 : N9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Software ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; bme (Battery Management Entity) : Is proxied to D-Bus via the bme-dbus-proxy daemon&lt;br /&gt;
; dsme (Device State Management Entity) : DSME mentions: [http://www.internettablettalk.com/forums/printthread.php?t=3129&amp;amp;pp=40] [http://maemo.org/platform/docs/howtos/howto_connectivity_guide.html]&lt;br /&gt;
; mce (Mode Control Entity) [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [http://goo.gl/ggQRY 4shared] [http://goo.gl/U6h6e gemscool]&lt;br /&gt;
; Retu and Tahvo (Fred and Barney) : &amp;quot;Retu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Tahvo&amp;quot; are apparently the Finnish equivalent of Fred and Barney from The Flintstones cartoon ([http://www.tsfs.fi/spin/leffat/flintstones2.shtml]/[http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0158622/]). Various sources indicate Retu is a custom ASIC chip that includes (at least) pseudo real-time clock control, GPIO/userspace interaction(?), power button control and a watchdog timer. The watchdog can be disabled by way of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;no-retu-wd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; flag accessible from the [http://maemo.org/maemowiki/Flasher_tool_usage]. Tahvo is another ASIC(?) related to USB functionality. Retu mentions: [http://maemo.org/pipermail/maemo-users/2006-July/001553.html] [http://maemo.org/pipermail/maemo-developers/2006-January/002445.html][http://repository.maemo.org/sardine/armel/sardine/logs/6995-buildpackage] [http://www.internettablettalk.com/forums/printthread.php?t=3129&amp;amp;pp=40] [http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/hal/2006-October/006437.html] [http://news.nopcode.org/doc/REN770] [http://www.math.ucla.edu/~jimc/nokia770/physical.html] Tahvo mentions: [http://repository.maemo.org/sardine/armel/sardine/logs/6995-buildpackage][http://www.internettablettalk.com/forums/printthread.php?t=3129&amp;amp;pp=40] [http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/hal/2006-October/006437.html] [http://news.nopcode.org/doc/REN770] [http://www.math.ucla.edu/~jimc/nokia770/physical.html]&lt;br /&gt;
; wd (watchdog) : There are both hardware and software watchdogs / lifeguards that reboot the device in certain circumstances, e.g. excessive CPU usage; important process crashes; system lock up. If the watchdog does not receive a signal within a certain time, the watchdog triggers a system reboot. Some (all?) watchdogs can be disabled in [[R&amp;amp;D mode]].&lt;br /&gt;
; OSSO (Open Source Software Operations) : It was a department inside Nokia responsible for producing Maemo. It has been replaced by [[Task:Maemo brand#Definitions|Maemo Software]].&lt;br /&gt;
; NOLO (&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;kia boot&#039;&#039;lo&#039;&#039;ader) : The nolo appears to have a small built-in debug shell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=RubyBox&amp;diff=36502</id>
		<title>RubyBox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=RubyBox&amp;diff=36502"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:15:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;RubyBox is a DosBox frontend written in Ruby. It allows you to run old Dos games and applications easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Categorize your games&lt;br /&gt;
* Change settings without editing config files&lt;br /&gt;
* Add new games either manually or use the automatic scanner&lt;br /&gt;
* Import and export game settings using the online database&lt;br /&gt;
* Download freeware games, virtual keyboard layouts and keyboard mapper files with the download feature&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First Run ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At first you should open the RubyBox preferences and enable the online database. Just enter &#039;nakkiboso.com&#039; as the address and use your nickname of choice as the nickname and press &#039;Ok&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding your own games ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Rbox_scanner.png|180px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adding games is easy. Just copy the games you want to try to your tablet&#039;s memory cards. Then select &#039;Application scan&#039; from the menu. Press the &#039;Scan&#039; button and RubyBox will scan your memory cards. Available games are then listed. By default RubyBox adds all available games but you can deselect the games you don&#039;t want to add. You can also select the correct game executable by clicking on the executable name and selecting it from the dropdown list. If you have enabled the online database, you can also select the &#039;Try to import game settings&#039; option. RubyBox will then automatically import game settings from the database if found. Finally add the selected games by clicking on the &#039;Add selected&#039; button. Your added games appear under the &#039;Uncategorized&#039; category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Importing settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select a game and click on the &#039;Import&#039; button. If the game has settings in the database, they are imported automatically. These only change the DosBox&#039; settings and don&#039;t touch your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Rbox_settings.png|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the game you want to edit and press the &#039;Settings&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Game name that is shown on the category list. You can change it to your liking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Executable ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the games has several executables and you have selected a wrong one for example, you can change it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Category ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add, rename and remove categogories and then categorize your games with them. Blank category means &#039;Uncategorized&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== XKBD Layout ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
N800 users need to use virtual keyboard for most games, so if you have an N800, you should install the xkbd package. This setting allows you to select different keyboards and position them on the screen. When selecting the location, remember to click somewhere on the screen before saving the changes or changes won&#039;t be saved. Download section has Addison&#039;s keyboard collection with more virtual keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mapper ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to select a different keyboard mapper. Mappers will change the keyboard bindings of your hardware keys. You can download alternative mappers from the download section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== DosBox settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DosBox settings are split into basic and advanced settings. If you need to change a setting, check the &#039;Enabled&#039; checkbox for that setting and change the value. Only enabled settings are saved and the rest use the DosBox&#039; default setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the game settings by clicking on the &#039;Save&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exporting settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have found the perfect settings for a game, you can click on the &#039;Export&#039; button. Your settings are stored into the database so others can enjoy them too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Downloader ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Rbox_downloader.png|200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RubyBox allows you to install Freeware games and custom virtual keyboards and keyboard mapper files. Just click on the &#039;Download&#039; button. You can select the type of download from the dropdown at bottom left. Click on the &#039;Update list&#039; button and you get a list of available downloads. Some items have icons on their left. The wrench icon means the download has imported settings in the database. The image icon means the download has a screenshot which you can view by clicking on the &#039;Screenshot&#039; button. If you want to download something, select the directory you want to download them to with the &#039;Browse&#039; button. Only games and temporary files are stored there, keyboards and mappers are stored under your home directory. Click on the &#039;Download&#039; button to start the download. RubyBox will automatically extract and add the game to your game list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;Statistics&#039; button shows the statistics of RubyBox like number of registered users, imported game settings and downloads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* DosBox: http://www.dosbox.com/ [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [http://goo.gl/ggQRY 4shared] [http://goo.gl/U6h6e gemscool]&lt;br /&gt;
* DosBox at ITT: http://www.internettablettalk.com/forums/showthread.php?t=5686&lt;br /&gt;
* Games that work well with DosBox: http://www.internettablettalk.com/forums/showthread.php?t=15459&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Diablo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Terminal&amp;diff=41012</id>
		<title>Terminal</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Terminal&amp;diff=41012"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:15:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Further reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page is for beginners to Linux that would like to try the terminal. Below are some basic commands you can use in the terminal app to get you started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Opening the terminal ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== N900 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigate to the application menu&lt;br /&gt;
#* If using a firmware release older than [[Maemo 5/PR1.2|PR1.2]], navigate to ‘More...’&lt;br /&gt;
# Tap ‘X Terminal’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, use the Ctrl+Shift+X key combination even without opening the application menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== N800 and N810 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the command button on the main page&lt;br /&gt;
# Select ‘Utilities’&lt;br /&gt;
# Select ‘X Terminal’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 770 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Terminal is not installed by default on the 770. You need to install it from the Application manager first. After that it will be available in the same menu as on the N8X0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the terminal ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Before you start, backup your data&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So long as your data is backed up, then you can start to try out the terminal without any fears of losing any data. This page does not cover gaining &#039;[[Root access|root]]&#039; on your device so you should come to no harm. If you are gaining root, then it would best to not only have a backup before you start tinkering, but also to familiarise yourself with how to reflash your device in extreme cases where you need to get back to where you started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But don&#039;t be afraid of the terminal and command line, it can be a fast and powerful tool when used correctly and non-destructive commands will not harm your device or your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Understand what a command does before you type it&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Fundamentally you should understand what a command does before typing it in and pressing enter. If you have a linux desktop distribution, like Ubuntu, you can normally type the command with the parameter &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;--help&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to get a list of options, i.e. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ls --help&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or look up manual pages if installed, with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 man ls [enter]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
to find out what the commands are and their options. However you can&#039;t do this on the tablets though as the tablets use cut down embedded commands, (BusyBox - I think?), so look at [http://ss64.com/bash Linux commands] or [http://www.busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html Busybox list of Linux commands and options for each one]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic commands ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example commands, all here are non-destructive. Press enter after each command to execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terminal should open with a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To exit the terminal at any time type, exit and enter, so&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ exit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;echo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; outputs/prints text to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;stdout&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ echo &amp;quot;hello world&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 hello world&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Echo can also be used with variables, such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;USER&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, which contains the current user’s username. Variables are prefixed with a &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ echo $USER&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;uname&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to list the kernel version, and use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-a&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; argument to output all known information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ uname -a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 2.6.21-omap1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; spits out an entire text file to terminal. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;resolv.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (remember *NIX is case-sensitive) is where DNS servers are stored. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;#&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; hash/pound character is a [[:wikipedia:Comment (computer programming)|comment]], which means that the rest of the line is ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ cat /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 #nameserver 127.0.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 nameserver 192.168.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 #nameserver 4.2.2.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic example of a variable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ foobar=&#039;example&#039;; echo $foobar&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 example&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of directing output to a file. Files stored in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/dev/shm&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; are stored directly in RAM and thus are deleted on shutdown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ uname -s &amp;gt; /dev/shm/os; cat /dev/shm/os&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Tab autocompletion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the bottom of the X terminal you find the &amp;quot;tab-key&amp;quot; (it does not exist on the hardware keyboard. The tab-key will autocomplete commands/directory/files when pressed. If you want to see what is in a specific directory you could double-tab. The tab function is a very good way and should be a habit. It not only makes using the terminal faster. It also makes sure you spelt everything correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
 ls /home/opt/themes/sun[tab] &lt;br /&gt;
will finish the word as &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sunset&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
 ls /home/opt/[tab][tab] &lt;br /&gt;
shows you what is in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;opt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder, for example the &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;themes&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another good tip is &amp;quot;ctrl+c&amp;quot;. You will find Ctrl-key on the keyboard. Together with &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; it will cancel (interrupt) any previously given command (NOTE: can also be used in DOS terminals)&lt;br /&gt;
 [Ctrl-key] c&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you write &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;find /&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; it will start listing all the files on the N900. If you press ctrl+c it will stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Managing Files ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Listing files ====&lt;br /&gt;
To list files in a directory type ls and hit enter, so&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ ls&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To list files in a directory with permissions, owners, time, the use the long format with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, which is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ls -l&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ ls -l&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To list hidden files and directories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ ls -la&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To list all mp3 files on memory card mmc1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ ls -l /media/mmc1/*.mp3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Copying files ====&lt;br /&gt;
To copy files use cp, so &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ cp file file2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This would make a copy of file and call it file2. Note that &amp;quot;file2&amp;quot; can be a whole other path (like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user/MyDocs/afolder/file2&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).  If file2 already exists it will be overwritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also copy multiple files in one go, like so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ cp file1 file2 file3 /the/destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where the destination must be a directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moving files ====&lt;br /&gt;
To move files use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mv&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ mv file2 mydirectory/file2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
moving file2 to mydirectory directory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mv&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to rename a file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ mv file newname&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But what happens if I want to copy stuff into the directory I am already in do I have to type out the whole directory tree again. Well you can but it is much simpler to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ mv mydirectory/file .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dot at the end of the command means the current directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also move multiple files in one go, like so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ mv file1 file2 file3 /the/destination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To delete a file, use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;rm&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ rm file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To delete a directory and all of its subdirectories and files, use the recursive option with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;rm&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ rm -r directory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful when you use the recursive delete, it will remove everything under the given directory without asking you for a confirmation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Directories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change directory use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, so&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ cd MyDocs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go back a level on a directory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~/MyDocs $ cd ..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go back two levels on a directory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ cd ../..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go back three... I think you get the idea&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the way, the bit before the $, tells you the directory you are in. The symbol &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;~&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; means your home directory, however to find out which directory you are in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ pwd&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;pwd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; stands for present working directory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a directory, use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mkdir&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 mkdir mydirectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And to remove an empty directory, use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;rmdir&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 rmdir mydirectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Directory structure ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One thing to note is the directory structure on a Maemo device. When you open the terminal on the device you are in the directory &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Equivalent to MyDocuments in Windows. The top level directory like C: drive on Windows is a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; known as a root directory. Try and stay in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory at first, or look at your memory cards which is in the directory &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/media&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Further information about filesystem can be found at an article named [[N900 filesystem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finding files ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 find /media -name &amp;quot;*.jpg&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finds all files ending with a .jpg, i.e. photo files in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/media&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory, memory card. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is a wildcard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wildcards ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; means any number (zero or more) of characters&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;?&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; means exactly one character&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[a-d]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; means exactly one character from the range &#039;a&#039; to &#039;d&#039; (ie &#039;a&#039;, &#039;b&#039;, &#039;c&#039; or &#039;d&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[xyz]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; means exactly one character from the set &#039;x&#039;, &#039;y&#039; and &#039;z&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[a-ckp1-3]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; means one of &#039;a&#039;, &#039;b&#039;, &#039;c&#039;, &#039;k&#039;, &#039;p&#039;, &#039;1&#039;, &#039;2&#039; or &#039;3&#039; and so on...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 find . -name &amp;quot;birthday?[bg]*&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Will find any files starting with birthday, followed by any one character,  then either a lowercase b or g, with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; meaning any other characters if any. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to stop a search, or any command for that matter press and hold Ctrl and then press c:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;Ctrl&amp;gt; c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find a word in a file you use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;grep&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. For example, if you want to find the word Maemo in file mydocument you type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 grep &amp;quot;Maemo&amp;quot; mydocument&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Opening tar.gz files ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To open a tar.gz you need to unpack it, it is an archive file, like zip files. I recommend creating a new directory before unpacking, so&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 mkdir mynewdirectory&lt;br /&gt;
 cd mynewdirectory/&lt;br /&gt;
 tar -xvfz myarchive.tar.gz&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This will unpack &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;myarchive.tar.gz&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mynewdirectory/&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting a GUI application ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everything is run from a terminal in *NIX. A GUI program is a running instance of a terminal process. Therefore the camera program can be launched. The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;amp;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ampersand) tells the shell to run the command as a [[:wikipedia:Job control (Unix)#Unix shell|background job]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ /usr/bin/camera &amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Show disk usage in megabytes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ du -m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show disk (memory cards, etc.) partitions and their space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ df -h&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Show a list of installed packages ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of all your programmes installed including those not visible in the Application Manager&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 dpkg -l&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Piping ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can do fancy things and link commands together with what is called a pipe (this symbol: | ). Press Chr on the [[Nokia N810|N810]] or Fn on the [[Nokia N900|N900]] to find the pipe | symbol. You can program the terminal to show the pipe symbol, by going to tools-&amp;gt;settings and entering bar as a toolbar shortcut. What the pipe does is that it takes one program&#039;s output and gives it to another as input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So using &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;du&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with the sort command you can list files and sort in order of megabytes,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ du -m | sort -r -n | more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;du -m&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; lists files in megabytes then pipes it to sort to sort it in order of megabytes, largest first, then the more command shows you one page of the screen at a time, pressing enter to show more pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Show Linux Kernel messages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ dmesg | more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ps&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; lists running processes, you might also be interested in the interactive &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;top&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command. Piped to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;awk&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which in this case says to only show the 5th column (separated by tab characters)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ ps | awk &#039;{ print $5 }&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /usr/bin/osso-xterm&lt;br /&gt;
 /usr/libexec/gnome-vfs-daemon&lt;br /&gt;
 bash&lt;br /&gt;
 ps&lt;br /&gt;
 awk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Networking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user PATH does not include /sbin for some reason by default on NITs, which is annoying as you need to type in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/sbin/ifconfig&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; when normally just &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ifconfig&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; would be sufficient. You can create a symlink to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/bin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make things easier:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ ln -s /sbin/ifconfig /usr/bin/ifconfig&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example use of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;grep&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, which outputs the entire line matching the pattern, in this case &amp;quot;inet addr&amp;quot; which is piped into it from the output of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ifconfig&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ ifconfig | grep &amp;quot;inet addr&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This advanced example pipes from &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ifconfig&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;grep&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;awk&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and finally to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cut&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to output the clean IP address which can then be fed into something else if desired:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ ifconfig | grep &amp;quot;inet addr&amp;quot; | awk &#039;{ print $2 }&#039; | cut -d : -f2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Writing a shell function ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple shell function that uses a variable and if/then/else logic:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ minute() { foo=`date +%S`; echo $foo; if [ &amp;quot;$foo&amp;quot; -lt &amp;quot;30&amp;quot; ]; then echo &amp;quot;under half&amp;quot;; else echo &amp;quot;over half&amp;quot;; fi; }&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ minute&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 29&lt;br /&gt;
 under half&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the shell function we just wrote, outputs the current time in seconds (only the seconds part) and whether it is closer to the last minute or next minute. Shell functions are only available for the terminal session. Save in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.bashrc&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.profile&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to be persistent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gain root access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You might need [[root access]] in order to make some advanced changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Debian package management ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update local metadata detailing what apps are available in the [[repository|repositories]]. This is important so apt-get can find the latest software:&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get update &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upgrade any installed apps with newer versions (the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-y&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is optional and just avoids it prompting you as to whether or not to proceed):&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get upgrade -y &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remove any downloaded package archives. Once the package is installed the downloaded file is no longer needed. The Application Manager does this automatically but if you are using &amp;quot;apt-get&amp;quot; you&#039;ll have to do it manually:&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get clean&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same as &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apt-get clean&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; but only remove package archives which are obsolete (no longer in repsitories). Having run &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apt-get clean&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; it is pointless to run this command:&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get autoclean&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remove any packages which are no longer needed. These are applications/libraries which were automatically installed because of dependencies but are no longer required:&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get autoremove&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install any missing dependencies (which should fix the broken packages issue I had):&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get -f install&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search repositories for packages by keyword:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ apt-cache search nano&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 nano-tiny - free Pico clone&lt;br /&gt;
 traceroute-nanog - Determine route of packets&lt;br /&gt;
 nano - nano editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nano&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package (an easy to use CLI text editor):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ apt-get install nano&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of using the repos, use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;wget&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to download a .deb package from a website:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ wget http://nitstuff.appspot.com/dists/chinook/user/binary-armel/nano_2.0.6_armel.deb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install a locally-stored Debian package:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ~ $ dpkg -i nano_2.0.6_armel.deb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Further reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are infinite possibilities with the terminal, I&#039;d recommend using google if you want to find out more or look at [http://www.busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html Busybox commands] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [http://goo.gl/ggQRY 4shared] [http://goo.gl/U6h6e gemscool] or [http://linuxcommand.org/learning_the_shell.php learning the shell]. Again to reiterate please make sure you backup your data before tinkering and when you want to try a new command, make sure you understand what it does first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:HowTo]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wiki page of the day]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Power users]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=N900_Resources&amp;diff=28221</id>
		<title>N900 Resources</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=N900_Resources&amp;diff=28221"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:15:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Links to source that is relevant for Fremantle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page lists relavent resources and information that is of use in working with the binary blobs on the N900 Maemo Fremantle OS or otherwise working with the phone beyond the stock Nokia SDK.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Maemo.org Wiki pages ====&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Phone_control]] Information on how to use some of the dbus calls exposed by various parts of the phone software&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Wl1251-cal]] Information on some of what the closed-source wl1251-cal binary does&lt;br /&gt;
*[[N900_Software_BME]] BME related information&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Sources]] Links to various bits of N900 source code&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Telephony_Stack]] Random notes on how to talk to libisi and the CSD daemon&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Dialer]] Random notes on the Fremantle dialer&lt;br /&gt;
*[[ICD_Policy_Plugins]] Notes on the ICD2 policy plugins&lt;br /&gt;
*[[getbootstate]] Getbootstate - called from /sbin/preinit&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Fremantle_closed_packages]] Table which contains informations about all closed packages in Fremantle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links to source that is relevant for Fremantle ====&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://gitorious.org/community-ssu/ Community SSU git repository, contains re-implementations of some Nokia closed binaries]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://gitorious.org/maemo-5-certificate-manager/ Source code for the Maemo5 Fremantle certificate manager code]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=79957 Source code of PR1.0 Certificate control panel plugin]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.gitorious.org/ Maemo git repos containing some of the Maemo source code]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://meego.gitorious.org/meego-middleware/mce MCE source code from MeeGo] Won&#039;t work as-is on Maemo but still useful for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://meego.gitorious.org/meego-middleware/mce-dev Development headers that match the MCE source code]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://meego.gitorious.org/meego-cellular/ofono/trees ofono source tree] Good as a reference to many bits of the N900 cell modem.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://repository.maemo.org/pool/maemo5.0/free/ all officially open packages from Maemo Fremantle] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [http://goo.gl/ggQRY 4shared] [http://goo.gl/U6h6e gemscool]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://mxr.maemo.org/fremantle/source/ all open source code/packages from Maemo Fremantle on Maemo Cross-Reference]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://meego.gitorious.org/meego-device-adaptation/n900_libbme library for talking to BME] The oldest tree for this contains information that matches the Fremantle BME.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://meego.gitorious.org/maemo-multimedia/ohm-plugins-misc/ ohm plugins] Some of these plugins (of various different trees) may contain useful info for Fremantle.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://repository.maemo.org/rtcomm/pool/diablo/free/source/m/ Diablo MCE source code] May be useful for reference purposes&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.wirelessmodemapi.com/ Some documentation for the interface to the N900 cell modem]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.org/packages/view/libhildon-extras1-time-zone-chooser-dev/ Header files for the hildon time chooser widget]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.cncmods.net/files/mce.zip An attempt to match the MeeGo MCE source tree to Fremantle] Nothing works yet but it may be a good starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.cncmods.net/files/systemui.h Interfaces useful in creating a replacement touchscreen/keypad lock UI]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://pastie.org/pastes/1150052/text header file with info on isi_info interface]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.developer.nokia.com/info/sw.nokia.com/id/da8df288-e615-443d-be5c-00c8a72435f8/Qt_SDK.html Nokia QT SDK] Contains some header files for the N900 cell modem. Install the maemo bits and look for the usr/include/isi/icpr82 folder.&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://dev.openwrt.org/browser/packages/utils/calvaria Code for reading from the CAL area on the N900 phone]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://meego.gitorious.org/meego-middleware/profiled Profile daemon - sources are compatible with Fremantle version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Packages from the Fremantle SDK nokia-binaries containing useful information but which you may not know about ====&lt;br /&gt;
*wappushd-dev interface to wappushd daemon&lt;br /&gt;
*sharing-dialog-dev interface to sharing dialogs&lt;br /&gt;
*profile-data-dev dev headers for accessing profile data&lt;br /&gt;
*opengles-sgx-img-common-dev headers for the SGX drivers&lt;br /&gt;
*libgles2-sgx-img-dev headers for the SGX drivers&lt;br /&gt;
*libgles1-sgx-img-dev headers for the SGX drivers&lt;br /&gt;
*libcsnet-dev header files describing the interface to the Phone.Net Dbus interface used for cell network information (signal strength, cell site changes, operator name/code changes, 2G/3G changes etc). This one is missing dependencies so you will have to force it to install and ignore the dependencies.&lt;br /&gt;
*icd2-dev header files for icd2 daemon&lt;br /&gt;
*hald-addon-bme Documentation contains information on how to talk to the BME HAL (Hardware Abstraction Layer) interface.&lt;br /&gt;
*libcal-dev Interface to the configuration area on N900 phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Packages from the Harmattan SDK containing useful information not in the Fremantle SDK that may apply to Fremantle ====&lt;br /&gt;
*libsysinfo-dev development headers for the Harmattan version of libsysinfo.&lt;br /&gt;
*libicd2-dev development headers for the Harmattan version of libicd2.&lt;br /&gt;
*libicd-network-wlan-dev development headers for the Harmattan version of icd2 wlan plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
*libbmeipc-dev development headers for the Harmattan version of libbmeipc.&lt;br /&gt;
*icd2-osso-ic-dev development headers for osso-ic library&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Packages from the N900 device repository containing useful information in their documentation folders ====&lt;br /&gt;
Because the /usr/share/doc bit is removed on the device, you will need to use apt-get to download the .deb and extract the files from that&lt;br /&gt;
*csd-gprs This pakage contains full documentation for the dbus interface in /usr/share/doc/csd-gprs&lt;br /&gt;
*csd-call This package contains some example code of how one might call libcscall in /usr/share/doc/csd-call/README.gz. Not that useful without headers for libcscall but may provide some tidbits of info&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mailing list posts of interest ====&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://lists.maemo.org/pipermail/maemo-developers/2011-June/028452.html Information on how to replace hald-addon-bme and libbmeipc as part of any BME replacements]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://lists.maemo.org/pipermail/maemo-developers/2011-July/028472.html Details useful to replace the stock touchscreen keypad lock screen]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Maemo_Summit_2008&amp;diff=19449</id>
		<title>Maemo Summit 2008</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Maemo_Summit_2008&amp;diff=19449"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:15:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Accommodation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[image:C-logo_claim_blue.png‎|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:MaemoSummit091908.jpg‎ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Join the first Maemo Summit&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Berlin, September 19-20&#039;&#039;&#039; @ [http://c-base.org/ c-base] - right after the OSiM World http://www.osimworld.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://maemo.org/news/events/registrations/register/2f91448248e711dd8bcbb7b26102ad49ad49.html Free registration]&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://maemo.org/news/events/maemo_summit-001/ Who is attending]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Maemo Summit 2008 you will learn more about Nokia&#039;s Linux platform and its evolution. Meet the core team, 3rd party professional developers and key community contributors. Showcase and discuss your work. Learn, share, hack. And have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.osimworld.com Open Source in Mobile World] conference is an interesting venue to know more about the business and technical context of the Maemo platform. Nokia is active in this event and invites the Maemo community to join it. After the conference we propose the first Maemo Summit calling to all contributors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Schedule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;Friday 19 ([http://internettabletblog.de/maemo-summit-friday.ics .ics])&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|  width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; bordercolor=&amp;quot;#000000&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;112&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;9:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Doors open&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;9:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome&amp;amp;#33;&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/jaaksi/ Ari Jaaksi] (VP - Maemo Software @ Nokia)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;10:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;The outside view&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [http://dailythemes.wordpress.com/ Jay Sullivan] ([http://www.mozilla.com/ Mozilla Corp.]) &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;10:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; |  &#039;&#039;&#039;Maemo UI Vision&#039;&#039;&#039;, by Harri Kiljander (Director, User Experience - Maemo Software @ Nokia)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;11:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;What Maemo users want&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [http://tabletblog.com/2008/05/3rd-anniversary-community-spotlight.html Reggie Suplido] ([http://www.internettablettalk.com/ Internet Tablet Talk])&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;11:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Summary: What can we get out of Fremantle&#039;&#039;&#039; ([http://www.slideshare.net/silpol/maemo-community-fremantle-support-september-2008-presentation slides]) ([http://www.vimeo.com/1853196?pg=embed&amp;amp;sec=1853196 video]), by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/peterschneider.html Peter Schneider] (Head of Product Marketing, Maemo Software @ Nokia) &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;12:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Break.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;12:15&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lightning sessions&#039;&#039;&#039;, 5 min each. No more, no less.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Maemo in police cars&#039;&#039;&#039;: presentation of an embedded project based on N800&#039;s [[User:smancke|Sebastian Mancke]]&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Developing Multilingual Multimodal Applications in Maemo&#039;&#039;&#039;. A Mobile Medical Speech Translator &amp;amp; A Mobile Meeting Calendar by [[User:ntsourak|Nikos Tsourakis]]&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://liquid.googlepages.com/lcuk liqbase]&#039;&#039;&#039;, by Gary Birkett ([http://maemo.org/profile/view/lcuk.html lcuk])&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Reality or Vision?&#039;&#039;&#039; - The Nokia tablets for mobile and desktop use. LiveDemo/Presentation with [http://xsisusb.garage.maemo.org/ USB2VGA Adapter], bluetooth [http://anyremote.sourceforge.net/ anyremote] control by [http://www.linuxvision.de/ Uwe Koch]. ([http://maemo.org/profile/view/asys3/ asys3]) [http://www.linuxvision.de/nokia/maemoSummit2008-RealityOrVision.pdf Presentation slides] .&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Screencasting&#039;&#039;&#039;:  x11vnc and pyvnc2swf bring visual documentation to users by [[User:brontide|Eric Warnke]]&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Maemo User Interface Issues Overview (Presentation)|Maemo User Interface Issues Overview]]&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [[User:Timsamoff |Tim Samoff]].&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://esbox.garage.maemo.org/ ESBox] and [http://pluthon.garage.maemo.org/ Pluthon] Eclipse plugins&#039;&#039;&#039;: how to use Eclipse to develop Maemo applications, by [[User:andy80|Andrea Grandi]].&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://elisator.garage.maemo.org Elisator] project and how [http://easy.garage.maemo.org Easy] library has helped and how could be improved&#039;&#039;&#039;. Elisator has been developed for cow&#039;s health analisys based in [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ELISA ELISA assays] in poor Africa&#039;s regions and it has been funded by [http://www.fao.org FAO]. [http://www.slideshare.net/jsmanrique/elisator-slides-for-maemo-summit-2008-presentation/ Slides] (by [[user:jsmanrique|jsmanrique]])&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Teaser: maemo development using [http://illumination.sf.net Illumination]&#039;&#039;&#039; by [[User:framstag|Tim Teulings]] ([http://www.anderenen.de/anderenende/Illumination_Maemo_Submit_2008.pdf Presentation slides]).&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://dev.openbossa.org/trac/qedje/ QEdje]&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [[user:etrunko|Eduardo Lima (Etrunko)]].&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Maemo Bug Jar: Origins, Results, and Future Plans&#039;&#039;&#039;, by Stephen Gadsby ([http://maemo.org/profile/view/sjgadsby/ sjgadsby]).&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Unit/Integration Test Framework for Maemo&#039;&#039;&#039; by [[User:aheimola|Antti Heimola]].&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.internettablettalk.com/forums/showthread.php?t=21629 Debian in a chroot on the tablet]&#039;&#039;&#039;, demo by Alan Bruce (qole).&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://codespeak.net/pypy PyPy] Python for Maemo&#039;&#039;&#039; (by [[user:hpk|Holger Krekel]] and/or [[user:fijal|Maciej Fijalkowski]]).&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;14:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Lunch&amp;amp;#33;&#039;&#039;&#039; [[image:MaemoSummit_catering.jpg‎ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;15:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Meet the Maemo SW developers&#039;&#039;&#039; (a representation of the main platform and OSS teams developing Maemo @ Nokia + special guests)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;STREAM 1: ROOM UPSTAIRS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;STREAM 2: ROOM DOWNSTAIRS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;STREAM 3: C-BASE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Desktop&#039;&#039;&#039; by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/rodarvus/ Rodrigo Novo] (Nokia)&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Connectivity&#039;&#039;&#039; by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/kvalo.html Kalle Valo] and [http://maemo.org/profile/view/pfl.html Patrik Flykt] ([http://www.slideshare.net/pflykt/connectivity-maemo-summit-2008-presentation Connectivity slides] [http://stlc45xx.garage.maemo.org/stlc45xx-maemo-summit-2008.pdf WLAN slides])&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Development Platform&#039;&#039;&#039; by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/bijjal/ Soumya Bijjal], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/kaltsi/ Juha Kallioinen] (tbc), [http://maemo.org/profile/view/marcell/ Marcell Lengyel], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/qgil.html Quim Gil]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;16:00&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Browser&#039;&#039;&#039; by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/andreypetrov.html Andrey Petrov], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/timeless.html timeless]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Real-Time Communication&#039;&#039;&#039; by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/kh_naba/ Naba Kumar], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/mzabaluev/ Mikhail Zabaluev]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Technology &amp;amp; Architecture&#039;&#039;&#039; by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/jtukkine/ Juha Tukkinen], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/bittinen/ Mika Leppinen]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;17:00&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Core System&#039;&#039;&#039; by Kai Svahn (tbc), [http://maemo.org/profile/view/nakkebar/ Eero Tamminen], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/igor_stoppa.html Igor Stoppa], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/poussa.html Sakari Poussa]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Multimedia&#039;&#039;&#039; by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/ensonic.html Stefan Kost], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/luc/ Luc Pionchon], ([http://www.slideshare.net/ensonic/maemo-multimedia-framework-presentation Slides])&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Desktop_Search_Hackfest|Desktop Search Hackfest]]&#039;&#039;&#039; link, by [http://maemo.org/profile/view/konttori/ Urho Konttori], [http://maemo.org/profile/view/ifrade/ Iván Frade] + Jamie McCracken (Tracker)&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;18:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;c-base reconstruction project³ - be future compatible- reboot universe now&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*learn more about the crashed spacestation c-base ([http://maemosummit.ext.c-base.org/index.php/Videos Video])&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;18:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Chill out.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Dinner, music, drinks tbd.&lt;br /&gt;
* Dress code recommended: t-shirt with the maemo.org logo of [[Maemo.org_logo_contest_submissions|your choice]]. DISCLAIMER: can&#039;t be the winner logo. ;)&lt;br /&gt;
: Now that the new logo has been chosen, what exactly does this mean? --[[User:timsamoff|timsamoff]] 12:24, 5 August 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
:: Wear a t-shirt with a maemo.org logo that you like from the competition. The official one isn&#039;t allowed ;) --[[User:xfade|xfade]] 14:47, 5 August 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
::: what if you liked the official one? --[[User:dneary|Dave Neary]] 22:14, 6 August 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|  width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; bordercolor=&amp;quot;#000000&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Saturday 20===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coordinated by [[User:brontide| Eric Warnke]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;53&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;9:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Opening doors&#039;&#039;&#039; and wlan.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;9:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://flors.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/howmaemooss.pdf How Maemo Approaches Open Source]&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [http://flors.wordpress.com/ Quim Gil] (marketing manager, open source - Maemo Software @ Nokia)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;10:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Introducing the [[Community Council|Maemo Community Council]]&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [[Community_Council|the members]].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;10:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;We are not the Users&amp;quot;: The hate and love behind the custom User experiences on Maemo.&#039;&#039;&#039; [[User:handful|Marcelo eduardo]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;53&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;11:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;BoF: Future of maemo.org extras&#039;&#039;&#039;, by Niels (and Ed?) [http://www.slideshare.net/nbreet/maemo-extras-future-presentation Slides]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;11:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Lightning sessions&#039;&#039;&#039;, 5 min each. No more, no less.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;WorldTV99&#039;&#039;&#039;: Watching TV on your tablet by [[User:bunanson|bunanson]] and koos&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Cloud storage:&#039;&#039;&#039; Improve your app by syncing with internet services like Google Docs or Picasaweb by [[User:brontide|Eric Warnke]]&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Tablet-encode&#039;&#039;&#039;: Converting videos on Linux using [http://mediautils.garage.maemo.org/tablet-encode.html tablet-encode], by Andrew Flegg ([http://maemo.org/profile/view/jaffa/ Jaffa])&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;py2deb&#039;&#039;&#039;: packaging your app onboard using py2deb and extras autobuilder [[User:khertan|Benoît HERVIER]]&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Podcasts on NITs&#039;&#039;&#039;: [http://maemo.gpodder.org/ gPodder] and [http://thpinfo.com/2008/panucci/ Panucci] by ([http://maemo.org/profile/view/thp.html Thomas Perl])&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;KDE on maemo&#039;&#039;&#039;: by Marijn Kruisselbrink&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;An activist’s wish list&#039;&#039;&#039;: A location aware software suite to use in reporting, and forensic investigation of, human rights violations by [[User:tonypercy|Tony Percy]]&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;mCalendar and mContact&#039;&#039;&#039;: advanced syncing with google services [[User:khertan|Benoît HERVIER]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;12:15&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Break&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;TRACKS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Community/Discussion&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Development&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Core Platform&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;12:30&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Community story – Productivity suite in Nokia IT&#039;&#039;&#039;, by Miika Kuha&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Packaging and publishing software??? (no show)&#039;&#039;&#039;, Changed to: &#039;&#039;&#039;Maemo plugin for Anjuta DevStudio&#039;&#039;&#039;, [http://maemo.org/profile/view/kh_naba/ Naba Kumar]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;libchamplain&#039;&#039;&#039;: A Clutter/Gtk+ Map Widget for your application and maybe some Clutter demos :) by [[User:pierlux|Pierre-Luc Beaudoin]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;13:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://dev.openbossa.org/trac/mamona Mamona] &amp;amp;amp; Maemo: 2 way contribution (How to learn and grow up together)&#039;&#039;&#039;, by Mamona developers from INdT. &lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Porting Applications and exploiting the maemo platform&#039;&#039;&#039;  lead by [[User:anidel|Aniello Del Sorbo]] ([http://www.slideshare.net/anidel/exploiting-maemo-presentation/ Slides])&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;maemo.org extras Package Cleanup Sprint&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;13:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Maemo User Interface Issues (Presentation)|Maemo User Interface Issues]]&#039;&#039;&#039;,  by [[User:Timsamoff |Tim Samoff]] + chat with Nokia Fremantle UI designers.&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Using [http://mud-builder.garage.maemo.org/ mud-builder] to build packages&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [[User:Jaffa|Jaffa]].&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Maemo in QEMU N8x0 emulation:&#039;&#039;&#039; by [[User:hrw|Marcin &#039;hrw&#039; Juszkiewicz]] ([http://blog.haerwu.biz/2008/09/20/maemo-in-qemu-n8x0-emulation-presentation/ materials to download])&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;14:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;  | &#039;&#039;&#039;Lunch&amp;amp;#33;&#039;&#039;&#039; [[image:MaemoSummit_catering_day2.jpg‎ ]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;15:00&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Workshop: Maemo hacking introduction&#039;&#039;&#039;: coordinated by [[User:kate |Kate Alhola]]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Embedded Webapps&#039;&#039;&#039; Using webpy framework for on tablet web services by [[user:fpp]]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;maemo.org website redesign meeting&#039;&#039;&#039;: ([http://www.slideshare.net/nearyd/maemoorg-presentation-presentation presentation]) A meeting to specify the design requirements for restyling the maemo.org website (reference: [[Task:Improving_maemo.org#maemo.org_homepage_refresh|Homepage Refresh]] &amp;amp; [[Task:Maemo.org_facelift|maemo.org Facelift]]). by [[User:dneary|Dave Neary]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;15:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction To Telepathy:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Components and use on the maemo platform. by Marco Barisione from [http://www.collabora.co.uk Collabora]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction to DSP programming&#039;&#039;&#039; by [[User:lardman|Simon Pickering]]. Presentation [http://people.bath.ac.uk/enpsgp/nokia770/dsp/linux_summit.odp|here], expanded version to replace wiki page to follow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;16:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Building a Business on Maemo:&#039;&#039;&#039; by [[User:dob|Doug Petkanics]] from [http://frogmetrics.com Frogmetrics]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Qt Maemo-Hildon Port &amp;amp; How to Develop Qt Application for the Maemo Platform&#039;&#039;&#039;, by [[User:kate |Kate Alhola]] &amp;amp; [[User:gnuton |Antonio Aloisio]].&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;BoF: Building a vector data extension to maemo Mapper&#039;&#039;&#039; Soliciting feedback and developers for the project. by [[user:gnuite]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;16:30&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;[[User:Andre/Presentations|Bugsquad meeting]]&#039;&#039;&#039; Anybody interested in helping managing the Maemo bugs is welcome! Hosted by [[User:Andre|Andre Klapper]] and [[User:Karstenb|Karsten Bräckelmann]]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | [[Google Data API for Python (Presentation)|&#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction to Google&#039;s python based Data API&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;]]  by [[User:Brontide|Eric Warnke]]&lt;br /&gt;
|  width=&amp;quot;33%&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction to WebKit&#039;&#039;&#039; Come see WebKit&#039;s internals, 2 of its ports (Gtk and Qt). by [[User:pierlux |Pierre-Luc Beaudoin]] from [http://www.collabora.co.uk Collabora]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &#039;&#039;&#039;17:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[2010 Agenda|&#039;&#039;&#039;Maemo 2010&#039;&#039;&#039;]]: Brainstorming session  discussing current status / future desires for the Maemo platform. Where do we want to go in the next 24 months?  What can we learn and share from other mobile platforms?  Bring the whole community together to get input.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;18:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;End.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: Software Freedom Day (20th of September) [http://softwarefreedomday.org/teams/europe/germany/FreieSoftwareBerlin also in Berlin]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;20:00-24:00&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|  colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | &#039;&#039;&#039;Post-Summit Openismus Party&#039;&#039;&#039;: [http://www.openismus.com Openismus] welcome you to their new office at Kastanienallee 88, with beer and pizza. [http://www.murrayc.com/blog/permalink/2008/09/20/openismus-party-tonight/ Directions]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Venue ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Maemo Summit is held in the headquarter of &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.c-base.org c-base]&#039;&#039;&#039; and the contiguous [http://www.eti-berlin.de/ eti Schauspielschule Berlin]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c-base is a non-profit association which has about 300 members. The purpose of this association is to increase knowledge and know-how regarding computer software, hardware and data networks ([http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C-base more]). eti Berlin is a school of actors based in a building with several rooms and a total surface available of 1.200m&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The perfect mix, full of creativity!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [http://share.ovi.com/channel/qgil.public the videos].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c-base is in the very Mitte of Berlin. [http://maps.google.co.uk/maps?ie=UTF-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;rls=com.ubuntu:en-GB:unofficial&amp;amp;client=firefox-a&amp;amp;um=1&amp;amp;q=c-base&amp;amp;near=Berlin,+Germany&amp;amp;fb=1&amp;amp;cid=0,0,5828762841994571845&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;oi=local_result&amp;amp;resnum=1&amp;amp;ct=image Map]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Participants ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://maemo.org/news/events/registrations/register/2f91448248e711dd8bcbb7b26102ad49ad49.html REGISTER]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s the first Maemo Summit and it is good to know in advance who plans to attend, to fine tune practicalities and have enough space, connection, drinks, food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, the entrance is free. Registration is still requested for planning purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Travel ==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Maemo_Summit_2008/Travel|when people are arriving in and leaving Berlin]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Talk:Maemo_Summit_2008#Travel|Apparently]] there are options as affordable as 20€ including taxes from Stansted! [[Talk:Maemo_Summit_2008#Travel|Share your travel tips]] from different locations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accommodation ==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Maemo Summit 2008/Accommodation]] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [http://goo.gl/ggQRY 4shared] [http://goo.gl/U6h6e gemscool].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sponsoring community contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Maemo Summit 2008/Sponsorship]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maemo in the OSiM program ==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Maemo in OSiM World 2008]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Maemo_Summit_2008/Organization]]. Volunteers needed!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Streaming video ==&lt;br /&gt;
Since nearly all of the attendees are carrying internet-connected video cameras, it is possible that someone may find a way to stream live video of the event. ([https://bugs.maemo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1889 Bug 1889] makes this harder, but it should still be possible...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feel free to share/spread/forward/email...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://upcoming.yahoo.com/event/839617/ Maemo summit on Upcoming!]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.facebook.com/event.php?eid=16582874206 Maemo summit on Facebook - requires FB registration]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.internettablettalk.com/forums/showthread.php?t=21569 Maemo summit discussion at Internet Tablet Talk]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lwn.net/Calendar/Monthly/2008-09/ LWN Calendar]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.flickr.com/groups/maemosummit2008/ Flickr Photo Group Pool: maemo summit 2008]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maemo Summit 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Events]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Firefox_mobile&amp;diff=10371</id>
		<title>Firefox mobile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Firefox_mobile&amp;diff=10371"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:15:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* beta 4.b4 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Firefox mobile, &amp;quot;Fennec&amp;quot; which Mozilla uses as its project code name, is a mobile browser that uses the same engine as the popular desktop version. Unlike MicroB, which is also based on Firefox, supports tabbed browsing but can take longer to initially start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions of Firefox Mobile==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nightly/trunk/minefield versions are updated every day and can contain all sorts of bugs, features and improvements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beta versions are more ready for general users, but they might contain some bugs, which should be reported by beta testers so that they would be fixed, and stable version released after beta was - stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinook is Maemo 3 version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Diablo|Diablo]] is Maemo 4 version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Fremantle|Fremantle]] is Maemo 5 version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GTK+ is default cross-platform widget toolkit, which is slowly replaced by Qt cross-platform application framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, default application on Maemo 5 are based on GTK+, and at the same time Maemo 5 includes Qt which can be used by additional applications. MeeGo is based on Qt, and GTK+ is included for compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firefox mobile, Qt-based, is default browser for MeeGo Handset UX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, the list of Firefox mobile versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Stable 1.1===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* chinook [http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mobile/releases/latest/maemo/en-US/dists/chinook/release/binary-armel/ Latest chinook release]&lt;br /&gt;
* fremantle [http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mobile/releases/latest/maemo/en-US/dists/fremantle/release/binary-armel/ Latest fremantle release]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===beta 4.b4===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fremantle&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mobile/releases/latest-beta/maemo/en-US/dists/fremantle/release/binary-armel/ Latest beta fremantle release]&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mobile/releases/latest-beta/maemo5-gtk/en-US/ Latest beta Maemo 5 GTK+ release] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [http://goo.gl/ggQRY 4shared] [http://goo.gl/U6h6e gemscool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, I believe there is no difference between these two links.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===nightly 4.b5pre===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fremantle-qt [http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mobile/repos/trunk_en-US/dists/fremantle-qt/extras/binary-armel/ Latest nightly (trunk) fremantle qt release]&lt;br /&gt;
* fremantle [http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mobile/repos/trunk_en-US/dists/fremantle/extras/binary-armel/ Latest nightly (trunk) fremantle (gtk) release]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===nightly 1.1b2pre===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* chinook [http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mobile/repos/1.9.2_en-US/dists/chinook/extras/binary-armel/ Latest nightly (trunk) chinook release]&lt;br /&gt;
* fremantle [http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mobile/repos/1.9.2_en-US/dists/fremantle/extras/binary-armel/ Latest nightly (trunk) fremantle release]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Firefox Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to change the settings for Firefox. One is through the settings menu which can be accessed by dragging a webpage to the left and clicking on the cog icon near the bottom right. The other is through &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;about:config&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; which allows you to further customize your Firefox configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disabling Portrait Mode===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;This is not working on January 2011&#039;&#039;&#039; (on fennec4-b4). Check status on: https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=625350&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Press (shift+ctrl+o) to lock/unlock orientation (you will see notification)&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
# In the location bar (Awesomebar) enter &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;about:config&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; and press enter.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the search bar to find the entry below:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;toolkit.screen.lock&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# change it to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disabling Auto-Zoom===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====On Input Box====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Open page:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;about:config&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Find setting:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;formhelper.autozoom&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;By default, it is set to true.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set it to false.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====On Find====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Open page:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;about:config&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Find setting:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;findhelper.autozoom&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;By default, it is set to true.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set it to false.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Enabling Flash===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firefox mobile has a flash plugin which is disabled by default for stability and speed. It can however be enabled by following these instructions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the location bar (Awesomebar) enter &amp;quot;about:config&amp;quot; and press enter. You should now also see a search bar below the location bar&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the search bar enter &amp;quot;plugin.d&amp;quot; and you should see the two entries below&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
plugin.default_plugin_disabled&lt;br /&gt;
plugin.disable&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
change both these entries to false and restart Firefox Mobile&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you should now have flash enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Copy and Paste Text==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firefox Mobile does allow you to copy and paste text. Unlike MicroB you CANNOT enter a text selection mode by swiping to the right from off screen to onscreen.  To select text in Firefox mobile you must click on the position where you want to start highlighting text. Nothing will appear to have happened but an invisible cursor is placed where you have clicked. Now press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shift + Left Arrow : to start highlighting left of the cursor &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shift + Right Arrow : to start highlighting right of the cursor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Up and Down do not work. To copy the selected text you must perform the standard copy hotkey (Ctrl+C). Hotkeys for Firefox Mobile are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hotkeys==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a list of known hotkeys for Firefox Mobile. Hotkeys are very similar to the desktop version but there are some differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ctrl + W  : Close Tab&lt;br /&gt;
* Ctrl + T  : New Tab&lt;br /&gt;
* Ctrl + R  : Reload page&lt;br /&gt;
* Ctrl + L  : Location bar (AwesomeBar)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ctrl + C  : Copy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ctrl + X  : Cut&lt;br /&gt;
* Ctrl + V  : Paste&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fremantle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:OS2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Diablo]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Evopedia&amp;diff=9610</id>
		<title>Evopedia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Evopedia&amp;diff=9610"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:12:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Tweaks */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Evopedia is an offline Wikipedia viewer. It allows to search for articles based on their title or the geographic location on a map. If there is a connection to the internet, even images are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The information here is partly outdated. Please visit the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://evopedia.info project website].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dumps ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BitTorrent&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since downloads of the dumps caused 2 TB of data transfer on the server in one week, the big dumps are now only available via BitTorrent. Please install a [http://www.bittorrent.com BitTorrent client] (if not already installed on your system) to use the .torrent files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New dumps:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dumpathome.evopedia.info/dumps/finished List of dumps]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that you need evopedia version 0.3.0 (NOT 0.3.0 RC 3) for the search function to work properly for languages not based on the latin alphabet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dumping Wikipedia is a very time-consuming task. Please be patient or [http://dumpathome.evopedia.info/contribute help creating the dumps].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please report if you find errors in the dumps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Distributed dump processing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dumpathome.evopedia.info/ Distributed dumping for evopedia at dumpathome].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dump Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extract one (or more) of the .zip-Files to your device and select it from within evopedia. The dump that is used can be changed using the (second) link at the top-left of the search screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that you cannot directly download dumps greater than 4 GB onto your device (FAT file size limitation). Please download it to a computer with a non-FAT filesystem and then unzip it directly onto your device (via USB for example).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tweaks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evopedia creates a configuration file at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user/.evopediarc&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; when it is first started. Most of the options are self-explanatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By changing listen_address to 0.0.0.0 you (or anybody else, so be careful) can also access evopedia from a different computer using the url http://&amp;lt;ip adress of your device&amp;gt;:8080/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maptile_repositories is a string that specifies which map types are available and where the tile images are stored. If it is empty, tiles are not stored at all and only OpenStreetmap is available. If this is not done automatically, you can set it to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 maptile_repositories = [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [OpenStreetMap I|http://tile.openstreetmap.org/%d/%d/%d.png|/home/user/MyDocs/.maps/OpenStreetMap I/|0,OpenStreetMap II|http://tah.openstreetmap.org/Tiles/tile/%d/%d/%d.png|/home/user/MyDocs/.maps/OpenStreetMap II/|0,OpenCycleMap|http://c.andy.sandbox.cloudmade.com/tiles/cycle/%d/%d/%d.png|/home/user/MyDocs/.maps/OpenCycleMap/|0,Public Transport|http://tile.xn--pnvkarte-m4a.de/tilegen/%d/%d/%d.png|/home/user/MyDocs/.maps/Public Transport/|0]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(without line breaks) to use the files also used by maep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Wikipedia Dump ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Please consider joining the distributed dump system mentioned above. Also, the information below is a bit outdated.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creating a Wikipedia dump is unfortunately a rather lengthy process (some days). If you have any suggestions for speeding it up, please step forward. Concerning space, 20 GB should be enough for creating the dump.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the advanced users, note that the process can be distributed over many computers by calling dumpWiki with the slice number to process on each computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1. install needed software (please add packages if I forgot some): ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get install php5-cli php5-mysql python mysql-server mysql-client wget zip tidy git-core texlive texlive-math-extra &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On some distributions, texlive must be replaced by tetex and texlive-math-extra by tetex-extra&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 2. download evopedia source code ====&lt;br /&gt;
 git://gitorious.org/evopedia/evopedia.git&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Note: &#039;&#039;&#039;Please don&#039;t use the github address anymore, it&#039;s deprecated:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;strike&amp;gt;git clone git://github.com/crei/evopedia.gitr (deprecated) &amp;lt;/strike&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 3. adjust settings ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set php&#039;s memory_limit to some higher value (128 MB) in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/php5/cli/php.ini&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (or similar)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create empty mysql database and grant all rights to some user - &lt;br /&gt;
e.g. for database named &#039;&#039;wikidb&#039;&#039;, user &#039;&#039;thomas&#039;&#039; and password &#039;&#039;x1lx&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt; mysql -p&lt;br /&gt;
 mysql&amp;gt; create database wikidb;&lt;br /&gt;
 mysql&amp;gt; grant all privileges on wikidb.* to thomas@localhost identified by &#039;x1lx&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit paths and database settings in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dumpscripts/createdump.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(especially: dbuser, password, REPODIR, DUMPDIR) - make sure DUMPDIR points to area with plenty of space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dump language (&amp;quot;de&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;for&amp;quot; statement at bottom of dumpscripts/createdump.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;~/evopedia/evopedia/evopedia/*.py&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files executable (chmod a+x ...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 4. start the dump process ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
call &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;createdump.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Don&#039;t be too optimistic though. After part of the day the database is filled with several gigabytes of downloaded wikipedia content, but something is broken and the final dump gives no results.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Red_Pill_mode&amp;diff=35651</id>
		<title>Red Pill mode</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Red_Pill_mode&amp;diff=35651"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:12:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Activating */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ambox|text=Red Pill functionality has been removed from the Hildon Application Manager GUI Maemo5 51-1 forwards. It can be enabled manually [[#activating|as shown below]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An installable package, Fapman aka [http://maemo.org/packages/view/fapman/ Faster Application Manager], though, still allows access to packages outside of user/* .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Red Pill&#039;&#039;&#039; is an Application manager mode that disables certain safety features, and allows access to certain additional settings. It changes the way Application manager behaves, primarily by removing many of the safety locks that prevent users from installing harmful packages, or upgrading or replacing important system packages (which can result in reboot loops). It also hides packages that aren&#039;t relevant to users, and shows additional settings to tweak specific behaviors (like whether to cache packages to the internal memory card during installation).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039;: Red Pill is &#039;&#039;not intended&#039;&#039; for use by users, power-users, nor the vast majority of developers. Red Pill mode is &#039;&#039;very likely&#039;&#039; to break your tablet and should not be used unless you know &#039;&#039;exactly&#039;&#039; what you are doing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Safety locks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Blue Pill mode (the normal operating mode), Application manager has many safety locks in place to reduce the risk of the user accidentally damaging their tablet by installing harmful packages. Red Pill mode disables these locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visible packages ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, only packages in a user/* section will be displayed in the Application manager, but when Red Pill mode is enabled, packages outside of user/*, and magic packages will also be displayed. Packages outside of user/* are generally of no concern to the average user, as they will either be pulled in as dependencies for packages which &#039;&#039;do&#039;&#039; concern the user, or installed from Xterm with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apt-get&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Packages outside of user/* will not be backed up for reinstallation by Backup/Restore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Clean apt cache : If activated, the equivalent of &amp;quot;apt-get clean&amp;quot; is performed after every install or update. (This is the default behavior for blue-pill mode.) Contents of the downloaded .deb files can be found in: /home/user/MyDocs/.apt-archive-cache/&lt;br /&gt;
; Assume net connection : This will not ask for an active IAP before downloading. This is useful if you have a network connection, but the tablet connectivity APIs are not available or don&#039;t know about it.&lt;br /&gt;
; Break locks : This will break needed locks instead of failing. This is done by default in blue pill mode so that users don&#039;t lock themselves out when a crash leaves a stale lock behind.&lt;br /&gt;
; Show dependencies : This adds another tab to the details dialog with some dependencies from the package.&lt;br /&gt;
; Show all packages : This will not filter out packages that are not in the &amp;quot;user&amp;quot; section. It will also allow installing packages from any section. When enabled this will show free Ovi Store packages.&lt;br /&gt;
; Show magic system package : This will include the &amp;quot;magic:sys&amp;quot; package in the list of packages. Updating that package will do something similar to &amp;quot;apt-get upgrade&amp;quot;. It is not yet fully defined what it will do exactly. This feature might become available in blue-pill mode at one point.&lt;br /&gt;
; Include package details in log : When this setting is active, opening a package details dialog will dump its content into the Log so that you more easily save it. This should be useful when reporting complicated dependency issues. This setting can only be changed in Red Pill mode, but it&#039;s effect stays active also in Blue Pill mode.&lt;br /&gt;
; Use MMC to download packages : If activated, all the packages will be downloaded to a temporary directory in an available MMC with enough free space, then installed in the flash memory. The MMC&#039;s are considered in order: first the internal MMC and then the removable MMC, If no MMC is available, or no MMC has enough free space, the internal flash memory will be used as usual. Using this option is useful to install/upgrade packages when there&#039;s enough free space at the root filesystem to install, but not to download plus install/upgrade, so you can use an alternative storage just to download such those packages. This option is enabled by default.&lt;br /&gt;
; Always check for updates : Activating this setting removes the refresh button from the toolbar and instead performs a &amp;quot;Checking for updates&amp;quot; operation everytime you switch to the &amp;quot;Browse installable applications&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Check for updates&amp;quot; view. This settings was added for some quick UI experiments, but we kept it afterward. You need to restart the Application manager for this setting to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
; Ignore packages from wrong domain : Usually, a package from a wrong domain will be completely ignored by the Application manager. Deactivating this setting will not ignore these packages. However, When actually installing a package from a wrong domain, a warning message will still be displayed and you need to confirm that installation should proceed. You need to restart the Application manager for this setting to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Activating ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Red Pill mode has been removed from the GUI in the 1.2009.44-1 [[Nokia N900|N900]] firmware. It can be enabled on future firmwares by editing the configuration file for HAM using terminal.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the vast majority of people, using Red Pill is inadvisable. Please don&#039;t use it unless you know exactly what you are doing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable Red Pill mode through HAM on old firmwares:&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Application manager and go to &amp;quot;Tools -&amp;gt; Application catalogue&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &amp;quot;New&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Type &amp;quot;matrix&amp;quot; into the &amp;quot;Web Address&amp;quot; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; (N900: tap outside the window)&lt;br /&gt;
* Tap &amp;quot;Red&amp;quot; in the dialog to enabled Red Pill mode, or &amp;quot;Blue&amp;quot; to keep the Application manager as-is or [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] to disable Red Pill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
N900: The Red-Pill mode is not persistent after being enabled. Closing the Application manager, disables Red Pill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable Red Pill mode in [[Maemo 5/PR1.1|51-1 (PR1.1)]] onwards:&lt;br /&gt;
* Close Hildon Application Manager if you have it opened.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Terminal. Note that you can use your favorite editor to do this, vi is used for this tutorial as it is preinstalled on the N900. &#039;&#039;&#039;Under [[Maemo 5/PR1.2|PR1.2]] this file is not available, so one has to add the two relevant fields below for it to work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Type &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;vi /home/user/.osso/hildon-application-manager&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt; press I to enter input mode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;red-pill-mode 0&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;red-pill-mode 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;red-pill-permanent 0&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;red-pill-permanent 1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Press CTRL+C to exit input mode, type &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;:w&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt; and press enter to save and &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;:x&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt; to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
Red pill mode will stay on till the steps are reversed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Power users]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Fremantle_Stars&amp;diff=10722</id>
		<title>Fremantle Stars</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Fremantle_Stars&amp;diff=10722"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:12:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Alpha/Beta quality */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Status of Fremantle Stars and other great apps ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have an interesting Fremantle project. You want to have it ready by the [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Fremantle|Maemo 5]] final release. You are willing to get help and promotion from Nokia. List your project here with the current status and the related links.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://maemo.org/news/announcements/0eb8fdfeedec11ddb28e1b3c4d7b308a308a/ Fremantle Stars] projects are encouraged to report here, but any other project can join as well. If your project rocks we will help you as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Roadmap - A list of features and improvements planned for Fremantle, so everybody gets an idea on what to expect and what to look for when testing[http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=296871&amp;amp;postcount=33]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bugs:Adding_Extra_products|HOWTO: Adding your product to bugs.m.o]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;-devel&#039;&#039;&#039; means [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/ Extras-Devel for Fremantle] (Upload via [https://garage.maemo.org/extras-assistant/ Extras Assistant])&lt;br /&gt;
* maemo-testing doesn&#039;t exist yet [http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=295552&amp;amp;postcount=8]&lt;br /&gt;
* Extras - also does not exist yet&lt;br /&gt;
* Downloads means you have a proper page at http://maemo.org/downloads [http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=295552&amp;amp;postcount=8]&lt;br /&gt;
* Showstoppers - Major problems blocking your development progress. If you need help from others shout here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background:LightGreen&amp;quot; | Mission complete!&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background:LightBlue&amp;quot; | Beta in progress&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background:Gold&amp;quot; | Too alpha&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background:Crimson&amp;quot; | Broken, can&#039;t test&lt;br /&gt;
| | Missing, can&#039;t evaluate&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Project&lt;br /&gt;
! Roadmap&lt;br /&gt;
! bugs.m.o&lt;br /&gt;
! -devel&lt;br /&gt;
! -testing&lt;br /&gt;
! extras&lt;br /&gt;
! Downloads&lt;br /&gt;
! Showstoppers&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightBlue&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/ecoach eCoach] || [[Fremantle_Stars/eCoach|yes]] ||[https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=eCoach Yes]|| &lt;br /&gt;
[http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/e/ecoach/ Yes]&lt;br /&gt;
 || - || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/ecoach/ Yes] || &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightBlue&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/enigma Enigma] || done || | [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=enigma Yes] || &lt;br /&gt;
[http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/e/enigma/ Yes]&lt;br /&gt;
 || - || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/enigma/ Yes] || It works! But gets the app/device frozen sometimes and the screen is dimmed sometimes while playing &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:Crimson&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/fbreader FBReader] || - || No || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/f/fbreader/ Yes] || Not ready - not installable || ? || ? || libfribidi0 missing due to SDK/image inconsistency&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightBlue&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/gpxview GPXView] || Mostly done, internal map still under development || | No || &lt;br /&gt;
[http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/g/gpxview/ Yes]&lt;br /&gt;
 || - || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/gpxview/ Yes] ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:Crimson&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/liqbase liqbase] || [[Fremantle_Stars/liqbase|yes]] || soon || No, only liqbase-playground || Not ready - missing || asap || asap || packaging broken and layout styling - liqbase-playground av available, but that is not the real app.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightBlue&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/mauku Mauku] 2.0 Application&lt;br /&gt;
|| Totally new Fremantle UI&lt;br /&gt;
|| [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Mauku yes]&lt;br /&gt;
|| [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/m/mauku/ yes]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Almost... || n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/mauku Yes]&lt;br /&gt;
||  None (only small bugs and feature enhancements that are being worked)&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightBlue&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/mauku Mauku] Widget&lt;br /&gt;
|| Desktop Widget is ready!&lt;br /&gt;
|| [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Mauku yes]&lt;br /&gt;
|| [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/m/mauku-widget/ yes]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Yes, assuming connection with app works || n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/mauku Yes]&lt;br /&gt;
 || None (only minor finishing)&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightBlue&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://microfeed.org Microfeed]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Separate D-BUS-based backend library for Mauku&lt;br /&gt;
|| [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Microfeed yes]&lt;br /&gt;
|| [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/m/microfeed/ yes]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Yes... || n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/mauku Yes]&lt;br /&gt;
 || None (beta testing) - Being a backend shouldn&#039;t appear in AM? Yes, it should, or it cannot be updated independently (blame the AM, please). Qaiku really works? Yes, it should.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:Crimson&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/numptyphysics NumptyPhysics] || - || ? || Yes || Not ready - unusable || ? || ? || Wrong startup and doesn&#039;t go further than BRAVO! screen. Once this raw testing package is available it will help to concentrate efforts and allow people to work on layouts.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightBlue&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/omweather OMWeather] || [[Fremantle_Stars/OMWeather|Yes]] || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=OmWeather Yes] || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/o/omweather/ Yes] || Yes || n/a || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/omweather Yes] || None.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:Gold&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/osm2go OSM2Go] || [http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Osm2go#What.27s_next.3F Yes] || |[https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=osm2go Yes]|| &lt;br /&gt;
[http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/o/osm2go/ Yes]&lt;br /&gt;
 || Ready with some limitations (which are these?) || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/osm2go/ Yes] ||&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/vagalume Vagalume] || No || Soon || No || Not ready - missing || ? || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/vagalume Yes] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightGreen&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/gpodder gPodder] || [[Fremantle Stars/gPodder|Yes]] || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gPodder Yes] || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/g/gpodder/ Yes] || [http://maemo.org/packages/view/gpodder/ Yes] || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/gpodder Yes] || Works  [http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=311921&amp;amp;postcount=38 according to qgil]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://garage.maemo.org/projects/easy-deb-chroot/ Easy Debian] || - || no || no || - || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/easy-deb-chroot Yes] || mount and chroot commands don&#039;t work in SDK (no permissions)&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightGreen&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://garage.maemo.org/projects/conboy Conboy] || [http://conbpoy.garage.maemo.org/ Yes] || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Conboy Yes] || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/c/conboy/ Yes] || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-testing/pool/fremantle/free/c/conboy/ Yes] || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/conboy Yes] || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/bluemaemo/ BlueMaemo] || [http://www.valeriovalerio.org/?page_id=174 Yes] || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=BlueMaemo Yes] || [http://maemo.org/packages/view/bluemaemo/ Yes] || - || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/bluemaemo/ Yes] || UI under development, waiting for feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/pwsafe/ PasswordSafe] || No || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=PasswordSafe Yes] || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/p/pwsafe/ Yes] || - || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/pwsafe/ Yes] || Need someone to test it on a real device ...&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/tabletbridge/ TabletBridge] || [http://tabletsb.garage.maemo.org/ Yes] || No || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/t/tabletbridge/ Yes] || - || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/tabletbridge/ Yes] || You need a Soundbridge device to test this...&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://openbossa.indt.org/canola Canola] || - || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Canola Yes] || No || - || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/canola2 Yes] || Currently building packages for dependencies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightGreen&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/tennix Tennix] || Network play [http://thpmaemo.blogspot.com/2009/08/multiplayer-tennix-coming-to-your.html in development] || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Tennix Yes] || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/t/tennix/ Yes] || [http://maemo.org/packages/view/tennix/ Yes] || - || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/tennix Yes] || Works [http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=308544&amp;amp;postcount=59 according to qgil]&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:Gold&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/xournal Xournal] || Make the port work / Take advantage of a few Fremantle UI features || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Xournal bugs.m.o] || [http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/pool/fremantle/free/x/xournal -devel] || [http://maemo.org/packages/view/xournal Testing] || N || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/os2008/xournal Download] || Early stage of porting to Fremantle. Apps starts. Works on Chinook/Diablo.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:LightGreen&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://maemo.org/packages/view/solarwolf/ SolarWolf] || Done || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=SolarWolf Yes] || Yes || Yes || N || For Diablo || -&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:Crimson&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [https://launchpad.net/pyqtoreader Pyqtoreader] || Adapting to Fremantle class HW (OpenGL, accelerometers)|| N || N || N || N || N || Waiting for PyQt in the repos, PySide is still too flaky&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background:Crimson&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.wormux.org Wormux] || Kinetic scrolling, more touchscreen control || [https://bugs.maemo.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Wormux Yes] || Yes || [http://maemo.org/packages/package_instance/view/fremantle_extras-testing_free_armel/wormux/0.8.4-0maemo1/ Yes] || N || [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/wormux/ For Diablo] || Otherwise OK, but crashes on device. Reason unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| (name linked to project) || Y/N link || Y/N || Y/N || Y/N || Y/N || Y/N || Y/N link to news&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposals for Fremantle Stars ==&lt;br /&gt;
Nokia wants to support application developers having third party software ready for prime time by the day Maemo 5 is released. The first action is to select few projects to be supported since the day the first Fremantle SDK is released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your project hasn&#039;t been selected do not surrender. More actions will come with the beta SDK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above you have the applications that were proposd by the community. Nokia picked the projects to be supported from that list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also the [[Task:Remarkable_community_projects]] and [[Killer_Apps]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Release quality ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/mauku/ Mauku]: The micro-blogging client for Maemo devices&lt;br /&gt;
: Mauku was proposed earlier by someone, but was not available in Extras that time. Now it is, and thus, Mauku fulfills all requirements listed above.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/maemopadplus/ Maemopad+]: pressure-sensitive sketching, available in Extras, now in development again with focus on fixing Usability issues and finger-friendliness&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/maemo-mapper Maemo Mapper] [[Image:Star.png]]: Most downloaded application for Maemo. Best map application. Can interact with lots of different mapping sites, including OpenStreetmap.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/numptyphysics Numpty Physics] [[Image:Star.png]]: This game is educational, hard, fun. Made for the stylus.&lt;br /&gt;
: Any ideas for features making the most from an Internet connection? Adding (optionally) the online dimension would be phantastic.--[[User:qgil|qgil]] 06:35, 23 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
:: High scores, level/content download, maybe co-op gameplay. —[[User:generalantilles|GeneralAntilles]] 08:48, 24 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
: I&#039;ve started working on online aspect for NP including level download and submission, demo recording and upload etc though obviously the amount of work to get this up and running, especially on the web side, is not insignificant.  Need more levels too.  In short, an injection of manpower could get NP polished and shiny but I personally am very short on spare time these days. —[[User:tim_edmonds|Tim]] 08:48, 27 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/scummvm/ ScummVM]: Point-and-click adventures are great for touchscreens, some free-as-in-beer games are available (Beneath a Steel Sky, etc..)&lt;br /&gt;
: This is an enabler. A user can&#039;t do much twith this alone. What about proposing a specific game (or set of games) using ScummVM? --[[User:qgil|qgil]] 06:35, 23 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
:: As mentioned above, Beneath a Steel Sky, Flight of the Amazon Queen, etc. —[[User:generalantilles|GeneralAntilles]] 08:50, 24 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
::: The problem with those is that they don&#039;t fit well onto device rootfs. Much better would be a Hildonized ScummVM &amp;quot;Content frontend&amp;quot; that would depend from ScummVM, list freely available games/gamedemos (with screenshot etc) and allow user to to launch them with ScummVM.  If the game/demo isn&#039;t yet in the device, the frontend would first automatically download the required files from the net to a external/internal memory card + setup them for ScummVM.  Similar thing would be useful also for other things that have large data sets (like Wesnoth). [Eero Tamminen, 2009-06-11]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/gpodder/ gPodder]: Finger-friendly UI, highlights the Internet aspect of the tablets (download podcasts); regular releases, many Maemo-specific UI changes; performance issues are worked on; tablet-related podcasts exist (example: [http://www.talkshoe.com/talkshoe/web/talkCast.jsp?masterId=27204&amp;amp;cmd=tc]) - downloading podcasts directly on the mobile device is a thing that you can with Nokia&#039;s tablets and gPodder, but not with iPhone/iPod touch right now&lt;br /&gt;
: Needs a much better list of podcasts, possibly the list that the N95 podcast application uses if formats are compatible.  I&#039;ve also had issues with gpodder leaking memory, and making my N810 slow down.--[[User:alan_peery|alan_peery]] 18:09, 31 December 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/xournal Xournal] [[Image:Star.png]]: A great notes/sketch utility.  One of &#039;&#039;few&#039;&#039; apps that utilize the pressure sensitivity of the screen!  Invaluable to create and annotate PDF documents on a pocket computer.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.pimlico-project.org/index.html Pimlico]: PIM applications&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://clay.ll.pl/osmo Osmo]: PIM solution supporting open standards (SyncML, iCal)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tarot.freeshell.org/leafpad/ Leafpad]: for notes taking (and script programming)&lt;br /&gt;
: Too geeky for this call. --[[User:qgil|qgil]] 06:35, 23 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnumeric/ Gnumeric]: spreadsheet application&lt;br /&gt;
: Impressing users with a spreadheet editor? Don&#039;t get me wrong, I see the usefulness of the application but we are looking for more shiny things in this call.--[[User:qgil|qgil]] 06:35, 23 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.abisource.com/ Abiword]: document editor&lt;br /&gt;
: Any thoughts on adding the real time collaborative editing feature? Still, perhaps this is another tool clearly useful but not really impressive for desktop users - nor seems to be taking many advantages of the Maemo 5 features.--[[User:qgil|qgil]] 06:35, 23 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
:: Perhaps it lacks glitz, but it seems to me that an Office-compatible text editor might mean quite a bit to a lot of users (heck, a decent word processor of &#039;&#039;any&#039;&#039; sort is likely to make a lot of people happy). —[[User:generalantilles|GeneralAntilles]] 08:52, 24 October 2008 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://pidgin.garage.maemo.org/ Pidgin]: for instant messaging&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://addons.mozilla.org/firefox/addon/748 Greasemonkey] support?&lt;br /&gt;
: Another enabler. It would be better to have an impressing candidate based on Greasemonkey. --[[User:qgil|qgil]] 06:35, 23 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
:: [http://browser-extras.garage.maemo.org/downloads_os2008.html browser-extras for OS2008]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://pymaemo.garage.maemo.org/ PyMaemo]&lt;br /&gt;
: PyMaemo is great, but it says nothing per se to users. --[[User:qgil|qgil]] 06:35, 23 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/maemo-wordpy Maemo WordPy] [[Image:Star.png]]: Blogging software that hooks to WordPress and Blogger accounts, allows image uploads, post creating and editing, tagging. Especially notable for its finger-friendly menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/quiver/ quiver]: image viewer&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fbreader.org/ FBReader]: e-book reader.  Great functionality, but the UI is a bit clunky (file dialogs are not Hildonized, preferences dialogs are overwhelmingly complicated, there&#039;s no smooth touch scrolling).&lt;br /&gt;
: Will need at least one book included, and preferably a link to where to download more. My recommendation for the latter is manybooks.net, where many of the Gutenberg Project books have been reformatted. --[[User:alan_peery|alan_peery]] 18:05, 31 December 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://wiki.mozilla.org/Fennec Fennec]: Mozilla Firefox-based browser made specifically for mobile devices &amp;amp; touch screens. Currently (23 oct 2008) in Alpha phase.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.v7f.eu/public/n800/chess/ Eboard and crafty chess engine] port of the [http://www.bergo.eng.br/eboard/ eboard] chess program. Main goal is playing on [http://www.freechess.org fics] or other online chess platforms against other human players. Analysis or games vs. engine are possible to. Can handle .pgn files and looks better than the chess &amp;quot;application&amp;quot; which is installed at the tablet after flashing the firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/quickclip/ Quick Clip] A statusbar plugin that allows you to save text from any application (or input it directly) into categorized files; also comes with a fairly nifty viewer. Although relatively stable,  still very much in active development.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://garage.maemo.org/projects/bluemaemo/ BlueMaemo]: BlueMaemo is a remote controller program for the Maemo-powered devices. Accelerometer controls and a 3d/air mouse are planned for Fremantle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alpha/Beta quality ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://conboy.garage.maemo.org/ conboy]: A port to Maemo of the Tomboy application, this personal wiki software is great for organizing notes, todos, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/osm2go/ osm2go]: This is a tool to &#039;&#039;&#039;create&#039;&#039;&#039; maps. It makes use of the hirez (touch) screen, a permanent internet connection for up- and download and the GPS of course. No such tool seems to exist for any other mobile plattform.&lt;br /&gt;
: Very interesting. Any way to make this a plugin of the very popular Maemo Mapper? Imagine that users would just use the maps [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm], having the ability to go for an &amp;quot;editing mode&amp;quot; by pressing a key.--[[User:qgil|qgil]] 08:14, 24 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
::Sure, that&#039;s planned to happen soon. Currently not planned as a plugin (does MM support plugins?) but via dbus interaction to e.g. use the current Maemo-Mapper view as the area to work on. Pretty much like gpxview also interacts with Maemo-Mapper --[[User:harbaum|harbaum]] 12:50, 25 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
::Done --[[User:harbaum|harbaum]] 22:50, 3 November 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
::A freemantle release of osm2go could use the clutter canvas instead of goocanvas or gnomecanvas. This way it would immediately take advantage of the video accelerator. &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://garage.maemo.org/projects/maemo-barcode/ maemo-barcode]: Alpha quality, could be a very cool application with some integration and interface development.&lt;br /&gt;
: I&#039;ve not used maemo-barcode but I see something like this could encompass much more than barcodes. From a hi-res picture you can also extract text and then cross reference it on google.  Usually, even a short fragment of text can give a very specific match for example for article text, street signs, names numbers addresses etc, eg: similar to [http://exbiblio.com exbiblio].  Then you can log it and tag it with gps/cell-id and make it all searchable. Of course, this would require a high res camera that doesn&#039;t just point at your head. --[[User:tim_edmonds|Tim]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://garage.maemo.org/projects/liqbase liqbase]: Beta (now in extras) playground for sketching with kinetic graffiti with fullscreen tearfree refresh.  finger friendly and FAST.  shows off your tablet in the best light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bring [http://garage.maemo.org/projects/gazpacho-maemo/ Gazpacho] back to life&lt;br /&gt;
: Developer tools are out of scope in this call.--[[User:qgil|qgil]] 06:35, 23 October 2008 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://garage.maemo.org/projects/tear/ Tear]: Beta quality, a WebKit-based browser which aims for better tablet-oriented experience (and maybe cross-engine).&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.estamos.de/projects/SyncML/index.html syncevolution]: A very powerful application to synchronize the tablets with a SyncML Server. Actually working with the osso-addressbook and pimlico dates.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/pwsafe/ PasswordSafe]: Password safe is a utility to keep a list of usernames and passwords encrypted with a single password by Peter Weston. Its file format is from Bruce Schneier&#039;s utility of the same name. the UI has been changed to a tree within a pannable area for Fremantle (that&#039;s why it&#039;s back to Beta in 1.5)&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://launchpad.net/pyqtoreader Pyqtoreader]: Pyqtoreader (pronounced pīkto- rē-dər) is a modular Qt based viewer primarily for books, large images, comic books (cbr/cbz), webcomics, flickr photostreams and through various plugins to any page/image oriented content.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/fuelpad/ FuelPad]: functional car fuel usage tracker.  The UI is a bit confusing (I always get confused by the labels -- &amp;quot;trip&amp;quot; versus &amp;quot;km&amp;quot;, does &amp;quot;price&amp;quot; mean total or per litre, etc?).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Free_Maemo&amp;diff=10490</id>
		<title>Free Maemo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Free_Maemo&amp;diff=10490"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:12:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* MCE */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{out of date}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this page is to document efforts to free the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://maemo.org Maemo] mobile environment as well as document the&lt;br /&gt;
steps necessary to use the [[Nokia N900|N900]] device as a fully free phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of writing, the N900 / [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Fremantle|Maemo 5]] ship with a mix of free and nonfree components.  Our goal should be to figure out how to use only free components while still maintaining a usable and enjoyable device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some discussion is happening at http://maemo.org/community/maemo-developers/double_checking_free-nonfree_packages/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Components in need of attention ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph depicting status of free/nonfree components on the N900:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Top_level_architecture.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(nonfree components are in red, free components are in black)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(taken from [[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/Top_Level_Architecture|Toplevel Architecture]] page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This list probably contains some items that are at the time of writing, actually free software. There is an [http://lists.maemo.org/pipermail/maemo-developers/2009-December/022747.html email thread aiming to clarify this], and once those clarifications are made certain items will be removed from the following list of non-free packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sharing plugins / libsharing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://maemo.org/api_refs/5.0/5.0-final/libsharing-plugin/ch07.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== calendar-backend ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appears to be a free version:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://maemo.gitorious.org/calendar-backend&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== libtime ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time management service is a new subsystem to provide a common library&lt;br /&gt;
for all time-related (not alarms, though) services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://maemo.org/api_refs/5.0/beta/libtime/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== libcityinfo ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From [http://maemo.org/api_refs/5.0/beta/libcityinfo/]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Cityinfo library allows to get some informations about set of cities from all over the world. Each city is connected with one timezone (related to standard linux time zone database) so You can get local time in given city by calling functions from libtime (clockd) library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maemo mapper is apparently a free replacement: http://maemo.org/downloads/product/OS2008/maemo-mapper/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== startup wizard ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presumably this is the &amp;quot;wizard&amp;quot; that appears when a user first logs in. This would be nice to be made free but is not critical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== factory store / clear user data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This would be nice to be made free but is not critical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== gypsy daemon ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This appears to be free to me:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://gypsy.freedesktop.org/wiki/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to cool900: http://cool900.blogspot.com/2009/11/closed-source-components-in-maemo-5.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2009-11-13: Gypsy daemon in location framework is in free.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== liblocation / location daemon ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some information here: http://maemo.org/api_refs/5.0/5.0-final/liblocation/LocationGPSDevice.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
outdated stuff here: http://maemo.org/maemo_release_documentation/maemo4.1.x/node10.html#SECTION001027000000000000000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== backup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Generic_Platform_Components/Using_Backup_Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Address book / &amp;quot;Contacts&amp;quot; application ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Using_Generic_Platform_Components/Using_Address_Book_API]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sits on top of evolution backend stuff. So might not be too hard to build a UI replacement that conforms to the the same backend?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Media player ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is allegedly nonfree&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== mission control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a strange one because Mission Control is itself free software, which is a Telepathy component:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://mission-control.sourceforge.net/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However they apparently have some nonfree bits:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;wjt&amp;gt; paroneayea: MC itself is LGPL  [15:13]&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;wjt&amp;gt; paroneayea: Maemo uses osso-mission-control, which is upstream MC plus&lt;br /&gt;
:       some proprietary bits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== rtcom-eventlogger ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently recently freed according to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://cool900.blogspot.com/2009/11/closed-source-components-in-maemo-5.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== libaccounts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://rtcomm.garage.maemo.org/docs/libaccounts/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SSO ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
????&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not even sure what this is. Supposedly single-signon related?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PulseAudio PEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/Multimedia_Domain#PulseAudio_Policy_Enforcement_Point]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:PulseAudio plugin to manage volume levels, re-route streams and eventually forcefully shutdown streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== libplayback ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/Multimedia_Domain#libplayback]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:libplayback is a client API that allows an application to declare its playback state. The library uses D-Bus to talk to a central component that manages the states. Media applications can use the API to synchronize their playback state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EAP ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/Multimedia_Domain#EAP_and_AEP]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The EAP (Entertainment Audio Platform) package is used for audio post-processing (music DRC and stereo widening).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== AEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/Multimedia_Domain#EAP_and_AEP]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:AEP (Audio Enhancements Package) is a full duplex speech audio enhancement package including echo cancellation, background noise suppression, DRC, AGC, etc. Both EAP and AEP are implemented as a PulseAudio module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== FMTX middleware ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/Multimedia_Domain#FMTX_Middleware]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:FMTX middleware provides a daemon for controlling the FM Transmitter. The daemon listens to commands from clients via dbus system interface. The frequency of the transmitter is controlled via Video4Linux2 interface. [...]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Funambol SyncML ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Claims &amp;quot;Funambol is the leading mobile open source project and leading provider of open source mobile cloud sync and push email for billions of phones.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.forge.funambol.org/DomainHome.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s &amp;quot;open source&amp;quot;, is it really nonfree then?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appears to be under the AGPL? https://core.forge.funambol.org/source/browse/core/trunk/LICENSE.txt?revision=28308&amp;amp;view=markup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== xml2wbxml ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appears to be linked to the wbxmllib project, which is under the gpl? http://sourceforge.net/projects/wbxmllib/develop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ICD2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From [http://maemo.org/api_refs/5.0/beta/icd2/]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The Internet Connectivity daemon, ICd2, is responsible for network connectivity in the device. It is started at system boot time from the init script /etc/init.d/icd2, and stopped with the same script at system shutdown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Applications requesting network connections do not interact directly with ICd2, but instead use the shared libconic library API. The libconic library is the stable maintained API for network connectivity, which uses internal D-Bus APIs com.nokia.icd and com.nokia.icd2 APIs to communicate with ICd2. These D-Bus APIs are internal and may change without further notice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
libconic appears to be free though&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://stage.maemo.org/svn/maemo/projects/haf/branches/libconic/0.13/COPYING&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modem Services &amp;amp; Cellular Modem Software ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proprietary, hard to find documentation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presumably should be replaced and made free by OFono: &lt;br /&gt;
* http://ofono.org/&lt;br /&gt;
* http://git.kernel.org/?p=network/ofono/ofono.git;a=summary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== softupd ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/Core_Domain#Softupd]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Program for flashing the eMMC contents &lt;br /&gt;
* Unpacks a FIASCO image fed to it&lt;br /&gt;
* Copies the unpacked contents to eMMC &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== sysinfod ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/Core_Domain#Sysinfod]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Provide interface for accessing device information &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Provide a DBUS interface to device specific information (HW id, WLAN MAC, …)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CertMan ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appears to be free or have a free implementation? http://gitorious.org/+mer/mer/certman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OpenGL ES 2.0 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t seem to find out details about this package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There appear to be some free software implementation tests here, but not really usable?: http://www.khronos.org/developers/resources/opengles/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vincent 3d is a free software implementation? http://www.vincent3d.com/Vincent3D/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hm, looks like the problem may be on the driver end: http://forum.openhandhelds.org/viewtopic.php?f=14&amp;amp;t=341&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it does not look likely that this is free or that it will be free soon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nolo bootloader ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NoLo bootloader not only is proprietary and sucky, there&#039;s almost no documentation available for it anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some questions here:&lt;br /&gt;
http://maemo.org/community/maemo-developers/debian_on_the_n900-_configuring_nolo/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Could u-boot be a possible replacement?: http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nobody appears to have tried such a thing and there is no documentation on whether or not that will be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile people seem to be using bootmenu as a workaround for this completely unconfigurable bootloader:&lt;br /&gt;
http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=344412&amp;amp;postcount=16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However this isn&#039;t ideal, either from a practical or a free software perspective.  U-boot is probably the best replacement option?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flasher ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Flasher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not clear if this needs a free software replacement. If we can replace the bootloader, probably doesn&#039;t.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is this a free software replacement?: http://www.nopcode.org/0xFFFF/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== System UI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part of the &amp;quot;System Control&amp;quot; whatever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/System_Software#System_UI]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:SystemUI provides services to other components to display UI elements (dialogs, notifications, alarms) that does not have native UI on their own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Powerlaunch aims to provide a free replacement: http://powerlaunch.garage.maemo.org/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== DSME ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Freed according to:&lt;br /&gt;
http://cool900.blogspot.com/2009/11/closed-source-components-in-maemo-5.htmlci&lt;br /&gt;
(2009-11-13: DSME is in free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Part of the &amp;quot;System Control&amp;quot; whatever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/System_Software#Device_State_Management_Entity_.28DSME.29]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:DSME is responsible of device state management , process lifeguard support, watch dogs and thermal management. DSME architecture is based on modular plugin architecture. DSME core provides message handling capabilities to modules. Each module is dynamically loaded library. DSME runs in single process and is single threaded. The D-Bus interface provides services to request reboot, shutdown or powerup (from acting dead mode), indication of shutdown, thermal events and data save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BME ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/System_Software#BME]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Provides battery monitoring and charging service. &lt;br /&gt;
* Provides battery identification, monitoring, charging and BME API.&lt;br /&gt;
* TSS interface for A/D converter calibration.&lt;br /&gt;
* Emulation libraries for Nokia OS services. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clockd ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From [[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/System_Software#Clockd]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Provides centralized place for handling time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MCE ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/System_Software#Mode_Control_Entity_.28MCE.29]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:MCE is responsible of handling display control [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] (active/dim/blank), activity monitoring (keys, buttons), keyboard backlight, ambient light sensor (ALS), LEDs and device mode control. In addition, MCE is responsible for providing interface to proximity, accelometer and vibra devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Powerlaunch aims to provide a free replacement: http://powerlaunch.garage.maemo.org/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harmattan/MeeGo version of MCE appears free:&lt;br /&gt;
https://meego.gitorious.org/meego-middleware/mce&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== IPHBD ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apparently used for synchronization, according to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://cool900.blogspot.com/2009/11/closed-source-components-in-maemo-5.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Profiled ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From&lt;br /&gt;
[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Architecture/System_Software#Profiled]]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Provides centralized place for handling (user) profiles related data and notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== sounds ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== icons ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== fonts ===&lt;br /&gt;
=== themes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SDK ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
maemo-scratchbox-install_5.0beta.sh is a shell script that claims to be proprietary software owned by Nokia. So does maemo-sdk-install_5.0beta.sh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:N900]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=QtRuby&amp;diff=34788</id>
		<title>QtRuby</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=QtRuby&amp;diff=34788"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:11:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Important Links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a quick start guide to getting into QtRuby application development. Follow the KDE link at the bottom to take this further than what I have written so far. There is good info in mikec&#039;s thread as well that pertains to QtDesigner. Please feel free to add to this guide. Also please feel free to package an optified version of libqt so we don&#039;t need to use Easy Debian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extra special thanks to Qole for [[Easy Debian]]. None of this would be possible without him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m sure I&#039;ve screwed something up so let me know in this [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=49751 thread.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preperations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Get QtDesigner&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt-get libqt4-designer &lt;br /&gt;
* Get Qtruby and Ruby&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt-get install libqt4-ruby1.8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
--Still need to test these directions on a win machine.  But I think this is right.&lt;br /&gt;
* Get QtDesigner from http://qt.nokia.com/downloads&lt;br /&gt;
* Get Ruby 1.87  from http://rubyinstaller.org&lt;br /&gt;
* Install QtRuby4 gem from a command prompt&lt;br /&gt;
 gem install qtruby4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mac ===&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not sure what all is gonna be required. Read this maybe: http://osake.wordpress.com/2009/08/21/qt4-qtruby-mac-os-x/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== N900 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Install Easy Debian (available in the [[extras]] repository)&lt;br /&gt;
* Install ibqt4-ruby1.8 under Easy Debian using [[Nokia N900|N900]] [[terminal]].&lt;br /&gt;
 debbie sudo apt-get install libqt4-ruby1.8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Your First App ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== QtDesigner ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Start QtDesigner:&lt;br /&gt;
It will open a window called “New Form”.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Main Window.&lt;br /&gt;
*Change the Screen Size option to 800x400.&lt;br /&gt;
**It may not be possible to do this depending on what platform you are on.&lt;br /&gt;
**That&#039;s okay as we can change it later.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click Create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our new form is created.  We can now add controls to it and adjust its properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the View menu at the top of QtDesigner.&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the Property Editor, Object Inspector and Widget Box if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right side of the screen we see the Object Inspector and the Property Editor.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click on any object in the Object Inspector and you will see that the Property Editor loads that object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the Main Window in the Object Inspector.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Property Editor window scroll down till you see “geometry”.&lt;br /&gt;
You can expand the “geometry” stub by clicking on the triangle to the left of it.&lt;br /&gt;
*Change the Width to 800 and the Height to 400 if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We don&#039;t need the Menu Bar or Status Bar that are default on a Main Window form.&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s remove them.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Object Inspector right click on the “menu bar” object.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “Remove Menu Bar”.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Object Inspector right click on the “status bar” object.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “Remove”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s add a label to our form to display some text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side of our screen is the Widget Box.&lt;br /&gt;
We can scroll through and pick widgets to add to our form.&lt;br /&gt;
*Drag the “Label” widget under the “Display Widgets” category onto the form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will see a “TextLabel” with blue dots around it.&lt;br /&gt;
You can drag the blue dots around to resize it.&lt;br /&gt;
*Right click on the label and select “Change rich text”.&lt;br /&gt;
This gives you a WYSIWYG text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
*Type in “Hello World” (or whatever you like.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Click “Ok” when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Property Editor window adjust the geometry of the label to 800x400.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now our form is complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the File menu of QtDesigner and Save the form in a new directory somewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
Name the form dashboard_ui.ui&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rbuic ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to translate the QtDesigner file into Ruby source code.&lt;br /&gt;
* In Windows drop to a command prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
**In linux open an xterm.&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the directory you save the form in.&lt;br /&gt;
 rbuic4 -x dashboard_ui.ui -o dashboard_ui.rb&lt;br /&gt;
--note maybe just rbuic for windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testing the app ===&lt;br /&gt;
* From your apps directory type:&lt;br /&gt;
 ruby dashboard_ui.rb&lt;br /&gt;
or &lt;br /&gt;
 ruby1.8 dashboard_ui.rb&lt;br /&gt;
If all is well you will see your program appear.   Congratulations!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transfering it to the N900 ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Now copy dashboard_ui.rb to your N900  MyDocs folder.&lt;br /&gt;
-- add more directions here&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=== Running your app on the N900 ===&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the Debian Chroot from your N900 programs menu.&lt;br /&gt;
 cd home/user/MyDocs&lt;br /&gt;
 ruby1.8 dashboard_ui.rb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Revising Your First App For Single Inheritance ==&lt;br /&gt;
Coming Soon.&lt;br /&gt;
We&#039;ll look at how to create a main.rb and subclass are ui to seperate the ui code from our program code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://techbase.kde.org/Development/Tutorials/Developing_Qt4_Applications_using_Qt_Designer_and_Ruby_on_Kubuntu KDE QTRuby tutorial]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=43663 mikec&#039;s Python/QtDesigner thread]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Easy_Debian|Easy Debian wiki page]] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Qt]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Perl&amp;diff=31680</id>
		<title>Perl</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Perl&amp;diff=31680"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:11:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Fremantle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Because Maemo is based on Debian, and because perl is such a big part of the debian OS, Maemo contains a full-blown Perl platform. This page aims to document and describe this environment so developers can take advantage of it when programming on the Maemo platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fremantle ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current version of perl shipped with the [[Nokia N900|N900]] is 5.8.3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One caveat of perl development on the N900 is that there is a fuller Perl distribution in the SDK than on the device. This means not just that there are fewer modules on the device, it means that rather fundamental Perl modules are missing form the normal Debian version of Perl on the device. This is done to save space; the device itself is embedded linux, the root files system is rather small, i.e. 228 MB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find it difficult to build Perl modules on the device if you do not add the necessary Perl tools, namely &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;perl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;perl-modules&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Without these [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] key tools, many of the modules used to build Perl modules won&#039;t exist on the device and you won&#039;t be able to add software written in Perl. Here is an example of what is shipped with both the SDK and device environments;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Installed Perl packages&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! In the SDK !! On device&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| liblocale-gettext-perl   &#039;&#039;1.01-17osso2&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
libtimedate-perl  &#039;&#039;1.1600-4osso&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perl &#039;&#039;5.8.3-3osso10&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perl-base &#039;&#039;5.8.3-3osso10&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perl-modules &#039;&#039;5.8.3-3osso10&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| liblocale-gettext-perl   &#039;&#039;1.01-17osso2&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
perl-base &#039;&#039;5.8.3-3osso10&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDK repositories are here: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 deb http://repository.maemo.org fremantle/sdk free non-free&lt;br /&gt;
 deb http://repository.maemo.org fremantle/tools free non-free&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to add Perl modules what I recommend is to bring in the necessary tools, namely the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;perl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package and the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;perl-modules&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package. You can do that by adding the repositories that supply modules to the SDK. Of course you can build Perl yourself, but it is already built for the device&#039;s architecture and it is in a known good state, so it is much easier to just take the already built Perl binaries for the N900. (There are later versions of Perl built and packaged for the device, I&#039;ll eventually provide links to those, until then, you&#039;ll have to rely on Google.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have added the SDK repositories to your &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/apt/sources.list&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, simply run:&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get install perl perl-modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you should be ready to start bringing other modules in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Git repo at Gitorious ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have packaged one module so far, I hope to bring in many more perl modules. If you package something for the device, why not contribute your module to the maemo repos and/or ask me to pull it into the [http://gitorious.org/maemo-perl-packages/maemo-perl-packages/trees/master gitorious repo that] I have set up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== dh-make-perl at garage.maemo.org ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just ported &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dh-make-perl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for Maemo fremantle. The packages ported are available at [http://dh-make-perl.garage.maemo.org]. It includes among&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some notes for people who want to port perl modules for ARM. I found out that I had to change the following (change your proxy settings as appropiate):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Environment vars&lt;br /&gt;
SBOX_REDIRECT_IGNORE=/usr/bin/perl&lt;br /&gt;
export  SBOX_REDIRECT_IGNORE&lt;br /&gt;
unset PERL5LIB&lt;br /&gt;
export PATH=/usr/bin/dh7:/usr/bin:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
export DISPLAY=:2&lt;br /&gt;
export http_proxy=http://172.16.0.1:3128&lt;br /&gt;
export https_proxy=http://172.16.0.1:3128&lt;br /&gt;
export ftp_proxy=http://172.16.0.1:3128&lt;br /&gt;
export GIT_SSL_NO_VERIFY=1&lt;br /&gt;
echo &amp;quot;127.0.0.1 localhost&amp;quot; &amp;gt; /etc/hosts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nasty script to substitute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/bin/man&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which breaks &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dh_installdocs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#!/bin/bash&lt;br /&gt;
n=$#&lt;br /&gt;
echo &amp;quot;$# $1 $2 $n&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
while [ $n -ne 1 ]; do&lt;br /&gt;
 echo &amp;quot;$# $1 $2 $n&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 p=$1&lt;br /&gt;
 shift&lt;br /&gt;
 n=$#&lt;br /&gt;
done&lt;br /&gt;
p=$1&lt;br /&gt;
echo $p&lt;br /&gt;
/usr/lib/man-db/manconv -f UTF-8:ISO-8859-1 -t UTF-8//IGNORE  $p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some packages ported include ssleay and some others which are needed prerequisites for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dh-make-perl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Git_For_Garage&amp;diff=12523</id>
		<title>Git For Garage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Git_For_Garage&amp;diff=12523"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:10:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Further reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://git-scm.com/ Git] is available as an alternative version control system to [[Subversion]] for [[Getting started with Maemo Garage|Garage]] projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requesting Git for your Garage project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== New Projects ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you start a new project at garage you can select &amp;quot;git&amp;quot; to be the default version control system. At the bottom of the request form you can pick between &amp;quot;svn&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;git&amp;quot;. Your new project will automatically have a &amp;quot;git&amp;quot; repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Old Project Can Request Conversion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature has not been advertized, but it is possible to convert an existing subversion repository to a &amp;quot;git&amp;quot; repo. All you need to do is to go to the &amp;quot;Admin&amp;quot; page of your project&#039;s SCM section and click the &amp;quot;Convert to git repository&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your request will be scheduled and you can monitor the progress through a link that will be shown to you as soon as you hit the button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conversion works the best (tm) with svn repositories that have &amp;quot;standard layout&amp;quot;. Standard layout means that the root of the subversion repo has:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-trunk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-branches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-tags&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Branches and tags will be converted to proper git branches, while trunk will be the master branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your project has a &#039;www&#039; directory in its root, then it is also supposed to be converted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion also works for repositories that do not have the standard layout. However this features was just recently introduced, so bugs might surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the conversion was OK, then your subversion repo will be disabled, meaning that no further can commits can go into it. However it will remain safe on our servers and if you remember the URL than you can even read it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are unhappy with the result of the conversion then please request to restore it. We will revert your svn repository just like it was at the time of your conversion request. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the conversion FAILED, then the system will not do any changes to your project settings and your svn repo remains usable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you have questions, feedback or experience problems please report them through bugzilla, or just send an email to &amp;quot;garage at maemo dot org&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Garage-specific information ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Git on Garage uses the https access method via cURL (most Git installations use Git over ssh, and this is currently under development for Garage). This may cause problems due to the security certificate on https://vcs.maemo.org, so if you experience any issues with &#039;git clone&#039; or &#039;git push&#039; please try to set the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;GIT_SSL_NO_VERIFY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; environment variable to 1, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
 export GIT_SSL_NO_VERIFY=1&lt;br /&gt;
in a terminal on Linux using bash.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For proxy users, the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;https_proxy&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; environment variable must be set, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
 export https_proxy=&amp;quot;172.21.112.250:8080&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To authenticate, make sure you have filled in your Garage credentials to ~/.netrc, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
 machine vcs.maemo.org&lt;br /&gt;
 login __garage user name__&lt;br /&gt;
 password __garage password__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional info ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information on the Garage SCM page for Git projects seems incorrect or incomplete. If you want to push you will need to specify:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;garage username&amp;gt;@vcs.maemo.org/git/&amp;lt;project name&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;...as the URL of the repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Further reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://git-scm.com/documentation Git documentation] at the Git homepage&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://git.or.cz/course/svn.html Subversion to Git documentation] for users familiar with Subversion but new to Git&lt;br /&gt;
* See the [[Git for Garage wishlist]] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Community]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Maemo_security&amp;diff=21753</id>
		<title>Maemo security</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Maemo_security&amp;diff=21753"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:09:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Is there a diagram showing the security framework and components? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;At the [[Maemo Summit 2009]], Nokia shared a great deal of information about the  security mechanisms that would be available and/or mandated in upcoming platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.slideshare.net/peterschneider/maemo-6-platform-security Slides]&lt;br /&gt;
* Video (TBC)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://meego.gitorious.org/meego-platform-security Source Code]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concepts outlined include well established favourites in the OSS world (like privilege management) as well as some that are rather less well regarded - such as relatives of the Trusted Computing Platform and DRM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inevitably there will be a significant amount of interest and concern about how this affects the open nature of the Maemo platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended to capture community questions (and, eventually I hope, Nokia&#039;s answers) about these issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Initially please add questions to the [[Talk:MaemoSecurity|discussion]] page and once they&#039;ve been refined and consolidated, we&#039;ll add them onto this page.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Is there a diagram showing the security framework and components?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [http://www.slideshare.net/peterschneider/maemo-6-platform-security slide] #2, #5 and #9 of Elena Reshetova&#039;s [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] [[Maemo Summit 2009/Day 3#Maemo_Platform_Security:_Principles_and_Concepts | Maemo Summit presentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elena Reshetova: The presentation was [http://www.slideshare.net/peterschneider/maemo-6-platform-security uploaded], and currently it is the only information, which I can share.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is &amp;quot;Open Mode&amp;quot; and can it be revoked remotely?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Open&amp;quot; mode is when an unsigned kernel has been booted. Disabling it remotely would, presumably, require a change to the bootloader. See [http://www.slideshare.net/peterschneider/maemo-6-platform-security slide] #??? --[[User:jaffa|Jaffa]] 11:36, 13 October 2009 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What does closed mode restrict you from doing?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Terminal?&lt;br /&gt;
* Root?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elena Reshetova: In general &amp;quot;close&amp;quot; mode has its own security policy, which user won&#039;t be able to change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Cellular is marked as a protected ressource in the slide. Can one still use it (phone, data, sms etc.) while running in open mode? While running a rebuilt kernel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elena Reshetova: If you use your own kernel, you are the one to set the security policy for the device, meaning that your SW in this case can make calls, send SMS and so on (for example). Please note that the list of protected resources on the slide is given just as example (to show the possible granularity level), so it doesn&#039;t mean that we would have exactly these resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How easy is it to switch between Open and Closed modes?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is it so trivial that you would want to and be able to do it several times a day and on the go (without restart)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elena Reshetova: I should be able to tell the exact procedure in the future, but for now I can say that it won&#039;t be so trivial (like press the GUI button :-)), and the restart is needed. The checks for the SW image are done by the Loader, and during the boot time, so you do need to restart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can network operators restrict you switching to Open mode?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like if a device is SIM-locked to a particular network, does the device get locked down in closed DRM mode only too? Can you always switch to open mode?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elena Reshetova: If the device is SIM-locked, operator can restrict you to the usage of one particular kernel (slide 5), for example the one, which was shipped with a device. However, it is up to you to decide to buy the device from the operator or from the Nokia store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till Harbaum: Imho GPLv3 requires you to provide &amp;quot;installation instructions&amp;quot;. gstreamer comes under GPLv3, MeeGo uses gstreamer, hence no distributor is allowed to prevent the installation of e.g. a modified version of gstreamer. They are even required to tell you how to do that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How granular is the encryption?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If my app creates content in the closed mode can I see it in open mode?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elena Reshetova: If your application uses the Protected Storage for encryption (slide 8) in the initial mode, and after you switch to another mode, the application won&#039;t be able to get decrypted data. If your application just stores the data in the filesystem, after switching to your own kernel, you will be able to access the data (because they are just plain files in the filesystem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can open applications use the privilege mechanisms in the Open and Closed modes?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elena Reshetova: I guess the question is &amp;quot;Can the applications access protected resources in both modes?&amp;quot; I hope I got the question correctly. The answer is that the Device Security Policy (slide 7) defines the resources can be potentially granted to the SW coming from a particular SW source. When one uses the Nokia signed kernel, the device security policy is defined, and user can&#039;t change it. If one uses its own kernel (or community kernel for example), he (or community) is the one to define/change the device policy. This means that one can, for example, change the policy in the way that the SW coming from the maemo.org gets access to all protected resources (of course some content becomes unavailable when one switch to its own kernel, for example DRM). However, again, it is possible only while using your own kernel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can open applications use the DRM encryption mechanisms in the Open and Closed modes?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Will community extensions to the kernel (modules) be permitted in Open/Closed modes?==&lt;br /&gt;
I can&#039;t see how - which leads to the question: How do community &#039;enhancements&#039; to the kernel get adopted?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elena Reshetova: In the &amp;quot;Open&amp;quot; mode any changes of the kernel are allowed. Regarding the &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; mode, unfortunately I am not the right person to answer this question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Is there any GPLv3 software impacted?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Harmattan]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Orrery&amp;diff=30943</id>
		<title>Orrery</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Orrery&amp;diff=30943"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:09:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Contact Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The orrery is a simple open-source application for [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Fremantle|Maemo 5]] which displays the night (and day!) sky. It is nowhere near as elaborate as, for example, kstars, xephem or stellarium. It is intended to be a small, finger-friendly application, requiring no network connection. The current stable version is 3.5.x (the x just increments when bugs are fixed). The program version is shown on the &amp;quot;Symbol Key&amp;quot; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source code is hosted on [https://github.com/kenyoung/orrery this github repository].  The version there may not have gone through the Maemo Community QA testing. The most recent version which has been vetted by the community is available in the Maemo [[Extras]] catalog.  This wiki page describes the behavior of the version of the program available in the Extras Devel catalog - the only significant difference between this version and the one in Extras is that it has a Jovian Moons page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The star database was extracted from the [[:wikipedia:Hipparcos_catalog|Hipparcos catalog]]. To ease the computational load, the coordinates are not [[:wikipedia:Precession_(astronomy)#Astronomy|precessed]] or [[:wikipedia:Nutation#Of_the_Earth|nutated]] before being displayed. [[:wikipedia:Orbital_elements|Orbital elements]] are used, rather than [[:wikipedia:Ephemerides|ephemerides]], to calculate planet positions. Although this is less accurate, it dramatically reduces the memory footprint. The planet positions are accurate to a few arc minutes, from 3000 BC to 3000 AD. Since the scale on the default display is approximately 8 arc minutes per pixel, these small errors are imperceptible, unless a very large zoom factor is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Display ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryDefaultPage_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of the Orrery default page|Orrery Default Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image at right shows the default display - all stars visible to the unaided eye, with colors for the brightest ones. It&#039;s displayed with a [[:wikipedia:Transverse_Mercator|Transverse Mercator projection]] (similar to [[:wikipedia:Norton%27s_Star_Atlas|Norton&#039;s Star Atlas]]) which works well with the [[Nokia N900|N900]] in portrait mode. It&#039;s a [[:wikipedia:Conformal_transform|conformal transformation]], so the constellations have about the right shapes. The Sun, Moon and planets are plotted, and the Moon is shown with the proper phase. The Sun and Moon are plotted with a size about 3.5 times larger than their true angular size on the sky. That allows the phase of the moon to be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the display is shown, from left to right, the [[:wikipedia:Universal_time|Universal Time]] (UT), the [[:wikipedia:Sidereal_Time|Local Sidereal Time]] (LST), and the location on the earth. The UT is essentially the same as the Greenwich Mean Time, and the date will also be displayed if it differs from the current date. The LST is a time based upon the position of the stars, rather than the position of the sun. The user may chose to have the program display the stars visible at the user&#039;s current location and at the current time, or at any other position on the earth, or any other time between 3000 BC and 3000 AD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blue line near the bottom of the display is the horizon. Nothing below that line is visible, but the program plots objects there anyway, because it is often useful to know which objects are just about to rise, and which ones have recently set.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The orrery as a compass ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The green numbers at the bottom are the [[:wikipedia:Azimuth|azimuth]] values. The&lt;br /&gt;
azimuth is the angle, measured along the horizon, from north through east. So the azimuth of due north is 0, east is 90, south is 180 and west is 270 degrees. By using these azimuth values, the orrery can be used as a celestial compass, if the sky above you is at least partially clear. Notice that the azimuth values are not exactly evenly spaced. This is caused by the distortion introduced by the Transverse Mercator projection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The azimuth compass which appears if you tap the bottom center of the default page shows the azimuth of the Sun and Moon, if they are currently above the horizon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the &amp;quot;Planet Compass&amp;quot; to find directions. If the sun, moon or a planet is visible above the horizon, you can orient the azimuth portion of the planet compass with that object, and use the rest of the compass to find any other direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why does this program put my phone in portrait mode? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transverse Mercator transformation works poorly when the phone is in landscape mode. As we all learned in school, Mercator maps of the earth become very distorted near the earth&#039;s poles. For the orrery program, that distortion is unacceptably large when the phone is in landscape mode, because the landscape aspect ratio results in too large a range of azimuth values being displayed. A future version of orrery will support landscape operation, using a different coordinate transformation for that display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Constellations Display ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryConstellations_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of Orrery constellation screen|Orrery Constellation Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two sky display screens defined. By default, one of them shows the display shown at right, and the other shows the constellations, and symbolic representations of the solar system objects. Tapping the screen within the upper 4/5 of the display toggles in and out of the constellations page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The constellations are plotted in three colors. The twelve [[:wikipedia:Zodiac|zodiac]]&lt;br /&gt;
constellations are plotted in hot pink.The constellations plotted in gold are the classical Greek constellations, as listed in [[:wikipedia:Almagest|Ptolomy&#039;s Almagest]] (apart from the zodiac constellations, which are also in the Almagest). The only constellation from the Almagest which is not plotted is Argo Navis, which is not one of the official modern constellations (Argo Navis was broken up into the modern constellations Carina, Puppis and Vela). The remaining constellations, plotted in blue, were added during the last few hundred years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to constellation names and figures, three great circles, the [[:wikipedia:Celestial_Equator|Celestial Equator]] (light yellow), [[:wikipedia:Ecliptic|Ecliptic]] (red) and [[:wikipedia:Galactic_plane|Galactic Plane]] (blue-green), are shown. Solar system objects are shown symbolically (see Mercury, Venus, the Moon and the Sun in the above image).&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displaying Asterisms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryAsterisms_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of Orrery northern asterisms view|Orrery Northern Asterisms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many [[:wikipedia:Asterism_(astronomy)|informal constellations]] which are widely known, such as the [[:wikipedia:Big_Dipper|Big Dipper]], the [[:wikipedia:Summer_Triangle|Summer Triangle]], etc. The user can choose to display some of these unofficial constellations by selecting &amp;quot;Use Asterisms&amp;quot; from the &amp;quot;Displayed Items&amp;quot; menu. If you know of some nice asterisms that the orrery does not yet display, please send them to orrery.moko@gmail.com, and I&#039;ll include them in a future release if I can. The image on the right shows the Big Dipper and Little Dipper asterisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panning ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image can be panned by tapping your finger in the bottom 1/5 of the display (excluding menus). The size of the panning step is controlled by how close your finger is to the edge of the display. The program tries to center the azimuth value near where you tap. If you tap near the left or right edges, it pans by the maximum allowed amount, +-40 degrees. Pan steps are&lt;br /&gt;
quantized in increments of 5 degrees. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Selecting a New Center Azimuth ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryAzCompass_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of the Orrery azimuth compass|Orrery Azimuth Compass]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panning to a new central azimuth by panning 40 degrees at a time can be tedious. To make a large change in the display&#039;s center azimuth you may use the azimuth compass. To call up the azimuth compass, tap near the center of the finger-pan area (bottom 1/5 of the display). The compass shown at right will appear:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations of the Sun and Moon are shown if they are above the horizon (if they are too close together, only the Sun is shown). You may use your finger or stylus to select another center azimuth. Keep you finger pressed to the display as you select your new center azimuth - the selected azimuth will be shown by a white pointer on the inside of the compass circle. Once you release pressure on the screen, the compass will disappear, and the display will be redrawn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The azimuth compass cannot be accessed if the display is zoomed.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Main Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryMainMenu-3.3.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of Orrery main menu|Orrery Main Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main dropdown menu for the orrery has six options:&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Pages ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryOtherPagesMenu-3.1.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of Orrery other pages menu|Orrery Other Pages Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Other Pages&amp;quot; option takes you to a menu that allows you to display things other than the night sky. With the exception of the flashlight pages, which are dismissed by tapping anywhere on the screen, the &amp;quot;Other Pages&amp;quot; are dismissed by curved arrow in the upper right hand corner.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Flashlight Modes ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;White Flashlight&amp;quot; button paints the entire screen white, and the &amp;quot;Red Flashlight&amp;quot; button paints the entire screen red. Both may be used as a flashlight, but the red one is best if you are trying to preserve your [[:wikipedia:Night_vision|night vision]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sun and Moon ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orrerySunAndMoon_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of sun and moon information|Sun and Moon Information page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Sun and Moon&amp;quot; button displays a page giving the sun and moon positions, rise and set times, phase, etc. for five days, centered on today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The highlighted date is the current UT date (unless the time menu has been used to select a different time). The highlighted rise and set times are the next ones which will occur at your location. Of course, that may be on a different UT date (for example, during daylight hours, the next sunrise will be tomorrow). The times are shown as UT, which may annoy people. UT is used because the orrery allows you to select any location on the earth, and any time from 3000 BC until 3000 AD. It would be very difficult to keep track of all the timezone, daylight savings change dates, etc. for that time range! So I have wimped out, and displayed UT, which is always reasonably well defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current sun and moon positions shown are geocentric - no topocentric correction has been applied. However topocentric corrections are applied when rise and set times are calculated, so they should be reasonably accurate for a specific location on earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon illumination percentage shown on the line with the rising and setting times is the value at [[:wikipedia:Astronomical_transit|transit]]. The illumination shown on the line that has the drawing of the moon phase is the illumination percentage at this moment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page also shows the UT date and time of the four major moon phases ([[:wikipedia:Lunar_phases#Names_of_lunar_phases|New, First Quarter, Full and Last Quarter]]) for a time span of 10 [[:wikipedia:Lunar_month|lunar months]], centered on the current time (which of course can be changed with the time menu). The nearest time and date when each phase will occur is highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Seasons =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sun and Moon page also displays the precise times at which each of the four seasons begins (spring and autumn equinoxes, summer and winter solstices).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Symbol Key ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button displays an annotated list of all the symbols used on the orrery display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Big Moon Calendar ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryBigMoonCalendar_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of big moon calendar|Big Moon Calendar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Big Moon Calendar is a graphic display of the phase of the moon for each day from 10 months before the current month, until 10 months after the current month (roughly 640 days), as shown at right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each column shows one month, and the day number is shown for each row. At the top and bottom of each column is shown the first letter of the name of the month shown in the column. Two vertical green lines separate years. The current Universal Time date is outlined in a red box.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== This Month&#039;s Moons ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryMonthlyMoonCalendar_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of monthly moon calendar|Monthly Moon Calendar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;This Mobth&#039;s Moons&#039;&#039; page shows the phase of the moon for each day of a particular month. By default, the current month is shown, but one may use the arrow buttons to pan through the months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both moon calendars show &amp;quot;[[:wikipedia:Blue_Moon|Blue Moons]]&amp;quot;, which are (according to the most commonly used definition) the second full moon in a calendar month which has two full moons. Both images at right show the Blue Moon which falls on New Year&#039;s Eve, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Meteor Showers ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryMeteorShower-3.1.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of Meteor Showers view|Meteor Showers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This display shows information for all the [[:wikipedia:Meteor_shower|meteors showers]] which will occur during the current year. Remember that to see a meteor shower, you must travel to a site that has a very dark sky. In a city, few meteors will be seen even during a shower. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The items shown on the Meteor Showers page are:&lt;br /&gt;
# the name of the meteor shower&lt;br /&gt;
# the abbreviation used for this shower when its [[:wikipedia:Meteor_shower#The_radiant_point|radiant]] is plotted on the sky display&lt;br /&gt;
# the expected number of meteors per hour - this is the maximum you will see under the best circumstances with a very dark sky and the shower radiant directly overhead on the date of the shower maximum. If the rate entry says &amp;quot;Var&amp;quot;, that means the rate is variable; such shower are not apt to show a large number of meteors per hour.&lt;br /&gt;
# the range of dates during which the shower will occur&lt;br /&gt;
# the date at which the shower shows the maximum number of meteors&lt;br /&gt;
# the typical velocity of the showers meteors in km/sec - larger numbers lead to brighter, bluer meteors&lt;br /&gt;
# the percentage of the moon&#039;s disk which is illuminated on the date of shower maximum - full moon = 100%. A minus sign following the percentage means the moon is [[:wikipedia:Lunar_phase#Names_of_lunar_phases|waning]], a plus sign means it is [[:wikipedia:Lunar_phase#Names_of_lunar_phases|waxing]]. Moonlight greatly interferes with seeing meteors&lt;br /&gt;
# the number of dark hours on the date of the shower maximum - defined as the time during which the sun is more than 12 degrees below the horizon, and the moon is far enough below&lt;br /&gt;
the horizon to not appreciably brighten the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Meteor Showers page shows information for all showers, the large majority of which are really minor events. Even when a meteor shower is not occurring, you can expect to see 4 to 10 meteors per hour. Many of the showers listed do not even double that background rate, and are of interest only to serious meteor enthusiasts. If you just want to go out and see some meteors for fun, it&#039;s best to select a shower with a rate of at least 50 meteors per hour, and to watch it on or very near the date of the shower&#039;s maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each line of the display describes a separate shower. If the shower currently in progress, the line is shown in green - bright green if there will be 2 or more hours of dark sky tonight, and dark green otherwise. If the shower is not currently underway, it will be shown in a cream color if on the night of the shower&#039;s maximum, the sky will be dark for at least 2 hours. Otherwise the shower information will be shown in grey, indicating that this year is not a good one to observe that particular shower.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the Meteor Showers page is shown the number of dark sky hours to expect tonight. In this context, &amp;quot;tonight&amp;quot; means the upcoming night if the sun is currently above the horizon, or the current night, if the sun is below the horizon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to get meteor shower information for a different year, simply change in year using the time menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many thanks to the International Meteor Organization (http://www.imo.net/imo/intro)&lt;br /&gt;
for permission to use their data to produce the meteor shower related displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Planet Compass ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryPlanetCompass_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of moon calendar|Moon Calendar]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Planet Compass page graphically shows where each of the planets is at the current time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image has one complete circle, which shows the planet azimuth, and one semicircle, which shows the [[:wikipedia:Altitude_(astronomy)|elevation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The azimuth circle has blue triangles marking the four [[:wikipedia:Cardinal_points|cardinal points]]: North, South, East and West. There are small tick lines at the NE, SE, SW and NW directions, as well as a small dot every 10 degrees. The planet symbols are shown with lines projecting to their current azimuth. The line is white if the planet is above the horizon, and red if it is below the horizon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elevation semicircle has blue triangles marking the directions of the Zenith, Horizon and Nadir. Small dots are shown every 10 degrees, and there are short lines at +-45 degrees. As with the azimuth circle, lines connect the planet symbols to their current elevations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below the compass graphic, the name, [[:wikipedia:Hour_angle|Hour Angle]] (HA) rising time and azimuth, transit time and elevation, and setting time and azimuth is shown for each planet. The name of the planet is shown in green if the planet is currently above the horizon, or red if it is not. The time of the next event - rising, transiting or setting, is also highlighted for each planet.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Solar System ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The program can display the relative planet positions in two different ways. In both cases, the view is from the north looking down, with the direction of the [[:wikipedia:Vernal_Equinox|Vernal Equinox]] to the left of the screen (marked with the vernal equinox symbol, and an arrow). At the time of the vernal equinox, the earth will be at the 3 o&#039;clock position in its orbit, so that the Sun will appear at the vernal equinox position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Schematic Solar System View =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrrerySchematicSolSys_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of schematic solar system view |Solar System View (schematic)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button presents a schematic view of the Solar System, showing the locations of the earth, the earth&#039;s moon and the other planets in their orbits around the sun. The view is schematic in the sense that the orbit radii and planet sizes are not shown to scale. However the positions of the objects within their orbits are correct (the heliocentric [[:wikipedia:Ecliptic_longitude|ecliptic longitudes]] are correct).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several buttons are drawn at the bottom of the display, which allow you to show an animation of the motion of the Solar System objects for several time increments. Showing the motion of planets in this way is what mechanical orreries do.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== To-Scale Solar System View =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryToScaleSolSys_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of to-scale solar system view|Solar System View (to-scale)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button displays the Solar System with the planet orbits shown with&lt;br /&gt;
the proper relative sizes. The orbits are also plotted as [[:wikipedia:Ellipse|ellipses]] in this display, with the correct eccentricity and orientation. The moon is not plotted, because it would be too close to the earth to display if any of the planet orbits were completely shown. Because Neptune&#039;s orbit is nearly 100 times larger than Mercury&#039;s, it is not possible to display all of the planet orbits simultaneously. There are &amp;quot;Zoom In&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Zoom Out&amp;quot; buttons which allow you to select which proper subset of planet orbits is shown. The current position of each planet in its orbit is shown. Also plotted are grey lines connecting the Sun to each orbit, terminating with a white dot at the position of the planet&#039;s [[:wikipedia:Perihelion#Planetary_perihelion_and_aphelion|perihelion]] (where it is closest to the sun in its orbit). The image at right shows the display when the outermost plotted planet is Mars. Note that the orbits of Mercury and Mars are quite non-circular.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Astronomical Times ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryTimesPage.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of astronomical times view|Astronomical Times Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button displays the current value of several astronomically important time scales, including the [[:wikipedia:Julian_day|Julian Date]] (JD), the Modified Julian Date (MJD), which is simply the JD - 2400000.5, the [[:wikipedia:Universal_Time|Universal time]] (UT), the [[:wikipedia:Equation_of_time|Equation of time]] (Eq. of Time), which is the difference between mean solar time and sundial (apparent) solar time, and the Equation of the Equinoxes (Eq. of Equin.), which is the very small difference between the Mean [[:wikipedia:Sidereal_time|Sidereal Time]], and the Apparent Sidereal Time. All of those values are the same anywhere in the world. Also displayed are several times specific to the location you are at (or have selected): The Mean Solar Time, the apparent solar time (the time shown by sundials), the Mean Local Sidereal Time (Mean LST) and the apparent local sidereal time (App. LST). Unlike the other orrery pages, this page is updated rapidly (at 10 Hz), so that you can see the exact current values.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analemma ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryAnalemma.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of analemma view|Analemma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button displays the [[:wikipedia:Analemma|Analemma]] for the current time, or the time which has been selected with the Change Time button. The analemma&#039;s horizontal axis is the Equation of Time value, which is the difference between Mean Solar Time (what a clock set to your local time, not your timezone time, would show) and the Apparent Solar Time (what a sundial would show - the time defined by the position of the real sun in the sky). The vertical axis shows the elevation of the sun above the horizon, at noon, from your location (or the location you have selected). The analemma is labeled with a year, because it slowly changes as the earth&#039;s orbit changes and the earth&#039;s pole wobbles. No phone can really be called a smartphone if it cannot show the analemma. The analemma page takes a second or two to display - nearly 750,000 trigonometric function calls are needed to calculate it accurately!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Equation of Time is negative, clocks run ahead of sundial (apparent solar) time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you were to photograph the sun, at the same time each day, the resulting set of sun images would trace out the analemma. The analemma can be used to calculate the direction of the sun&#039;s rays at your location.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Planet Elevations ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryPlanetElevations.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of Planet Elevations|Planet Elevations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Planet Elevations&amp;quot; page offers another way of seeing if and when the planets will be visible.   A typical display is shown at the right.&lt;br /&gt;
The page shows a plot of one full day, with time increasing as you move to the right of the plot.   The Universal Time is shown at the top of the plot, and the Local Sidereal time is shown at the bottom.   The grey line in the center of the plot marks local midnight (which, in general will &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; be timezone midnight).   There is a horizontal line drawn for the Sun, the Moon and each of the planets (except earth!).&lt;br /&gt;
The line for the sun is drawn in red; for other objects the portion of the line which is drawn in white shows when the object is above the horizon at night and the portion shown in grey shows when the object is above the horizon during daylight.    Below each object&#039;s line is shown a series of tick marks with the elevation of the object at that time shown below.   Below the center of each object line, the elevation of the source at transit is shown.   There are grey vertical lines shown covering the entire height of the plot marking sunrize and sunset.   In between those lines, the Sun is below the horizon, and a planet may be visible.   There is a colored vertical line, with a UT time at the top and an LST at the bottom.   That line shows the current time, and it is red if the Sun is above the horizon, yellow during twilight, and green when the sky should be pretty dark.   If that line intersects an object line (in the plot shown here, it intersects the lines for Mars, Jupiter, Uranus and Neptune) that object is above the horizon, and the object&#039;s current elevation is shown next to the current time line (in this case, 2 degrees for Mars, 58 for Jupiter, 44 for Uranus and 18 degrees for Neptune).   If the sky is dark, and the object is above the horizon, its name is shown in green.   Otherwise, it is shown in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One can obviously change the time on using the orrery&#039;s &amp;quot;Change Time&amp;quot; menu item, and then use this page to see the range of time that any planet will be visible for, at any time from 3000 BC until 3000 AD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One little wrinkle for this display is when to update the tracks for the next day.   In other words, if an object is currently below the horizon, is the elevation track shown correct for today, or tomorrow, or yesterday?   This doesn&#039;t really matter for anything other than the Moon, because no other object moves on the sky enough during one day to make its track change significantly.   But a one day change in the Moon&#039;s position is very significant.  The way the orrery handles this is to switch to the next day&#039;s tracks at local noon.   So once noon passes, the tracks will be correct for the night which begins at the next sundown.   Before local noon, the tracks are correct for the night which ended at the most recent sunrise.   This means that the tracks should be correct at all times when the sun is down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Planet Phenomena ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryPlanetPhenomena.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of Planet Phenomena|Planet Phenomena]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Planet Phenomena&amp;quot; page shows the date and hour of the most recent and next [[wikipedia:Conjunction_(astronomy_and_astrology)|conjunction]] and [[wikipedia:Opposition_(planets)|opposition]] (for [[wikipedia:Superior_planets|superior planets]]).   For [[wikipedia:Superior_planets|inferior planets]], the inferior and superior conjunction dates are shown, along with the date of greatest eastern and western elongation, and the separtion from the Sun on those dates.   Mercury and Venus are most easily observed around the date of greatest elongation.   In fact, it&#039;s virtually impossible to see Mercury with the unaided eye, except very near the time of greatest elongation.   When Mercury or Venus is at greatest eastern elongation (labeled &amp;quot;Max. East&amp;quot; on the table) the planet is visible after sunset in the evening.   Near greatest western elongation (labeled &amp;quot;Max. West&amp;quot;) it is visible before sunrise in the morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dates and times shown on this page have an accuracy of about +- one hour.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Jovian Moons ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryJovianMoonGraph.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of the Jovian Moon Graph Page|Jovian Moon Graph Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Jovian Moons page displays information about the positions and&lt;br /&gt;
phenomena for the four largest moons of Jupiter - the [[wikipedia:Galilean_moons|Galilean Moons]].   These moons are easily seen with even small binoculars.   Some sharp-eyed people claim to be able to see them with their unaided eyes.   The moons are easily bright enough to be seen with the unaided eye, and at least the outermost two get far enough away from the planet&#039;s disk to be resolved by a human eye.   But the dazzling brilliance of Jupiter so near the moons makes viewing them without optical aid very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A screenshot of the Jovian Moon first page is shown on the right.   At the top of the page is a plot showing Jupiter and&lt;br /&gt;
its four main moons, which are color coded for easy identification, in their proper positions for the current time (or any other time you set).   All four moons will not always be visible - sometimes they pass behind Jupiter and are&lt;br /&gt;
blocked from our line of sight.   Occasionally the shadow of one of the moons will pass across Jupiter&#039;s disk, and that shadow too will be shown in the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
Because the inclination of Jupiter&#039;s axis is only 3 degrees, and the moons orbit nearly in Jupiter&#039;s equatorial plane, these moons appear to move nearly on a line, with Jupiter in the center.   Eclipses for the three innermost moons happen very frequently, and Callisto, the outermost Galilean Moon, is eclipsed less frequently.   Which side the moons appear on depends upon what equipment you use to observe them.   Many telescopes invert or mirror reflect the image.&lt;br /&gt;
There are four buttons near the bottom of the page which allow you to&lt;br /&gt;
invert and reflect the plots, to make them match what you see with your equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the page is taken up with &amp;quot;wiggly line&amp;quot; plots which show the east-west positions of the moons throughout the current month.   They are color coded, for identification.   At the position in the plot corresponding to the current time, the lines are interrupted, and dots representing the moons are plotted.&lt;br /&gt;
Although these lines look like simple sine waves, they are not.   The moons (and other objects) perturb the orbits o these moons, making the motion far more complex than simple harmonic motion.   The two cream-colored vertical lines in each plot shows the size of Jupiter&#039;s disk.   You can see on the plot when a moon passes in front of or behind Jupiter.   There is a scale at the bottom of the plots which allows you to see the separation in arc seconds.  This scale changes as the distant to Jupiter from the Earth changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the page is a button you can press to go to the &amp;quot;Events&amp;quot; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryJovianMoonEvents.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of the Jovian Moon Events Page|Jovian Moon Events Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Events page lists the times of the satellite events such as eclipses, occultations and transits.  This page takes a second or so to plot,&lt;br /&gt;
because it requires roughly one million double precision trigonometric functions to be evaluated (the event timings are calculated by your phone, not fetched from a website). Since the app is location-aware, it can tell you which of these events will be visible to you from your current location.    If the Sun is above the horizon, or Jupiter is below the horizon, you cannot see a satellite event; such events are listed in grey.   Events that you can see are shown in green, except for he &#039;&#039;next&#039;&#039; event you can see, which is shown in red.   The times are all in UT, of course.  The plot on the right shows the events for the very special evening of Oct 12, 2013.   On that night three satellite shadows crossing Jupiter&#039;s disk are visible at once (see plot at the top of the page).   The color coding shows that this rare triple shadow event will be visible from my current location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the Events page is a button you can click to return to the Graph page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displayed Items ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Displayed Items&amp;quot; page allows you to configure the display, selecting such things as the faintest magnitude object displayed, whether constellation lines are plotted, whether or not star names are displayed, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Deep Sky Objects ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orrerySagitarriusClusters_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of star clusters in Sagittarius|Star clusters in Sagittarius]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select &amp;quot;Deep Sky Obs&amp;quot; from the &amp;quot;Displayed Items&amp;quot; menu, you will be shown some of the brightest [[:wikipedia:Deep_sky_object|Deep Sky Objects]]. Deep Sky Objects are objects such as galaxies, expelled envelopes of dying stars, clusters of young stars and luminous gas. A few, such as the Andromeda Galaxy, are visible to the unaided eye. Many more are visible with binoculars or a small telescope. The orrery shows all [[:wikipedia:Messier_object|Messier objects]], and many other well known bright nebulae and star clusters. The image bellow shows the Messier objects in Sagittarius.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding Your Own Deep Sky Object List =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add your own list of deep sky objects to be plotted. Simply create a file within the directory &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/orrery/deepSky/&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with any name. The file should contain lines of text with the format:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 name HH MM SS.SS DD MM SS.S type mag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where name is the object name, which may not include white space, HH MM SS.SS is the Right Ascension, DD MM SS.S is the declination (do not include a + sign for positive declinations) &amp;quot;type&amp;quot; is an integer specifying the type of object:&lt;br /&gt;
* 0 = [[:wikipedia:Supernova_remnant|Supernova Remnant]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 = [[:wikipedia:Globular_cluster|Globular Cluster]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 = [[:wikipedia:Open_cluster|Open Cluster]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 = [[:wikipedia:Nebula#Diffuse_nebulae|Diffuse Nebula]] ([[:wikipedia:H_II_region|HII region]], etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* 4 = [[:wikipedia:Planetary_nebula|Planetary Nebula]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 5 = [[:wikipedia:Galaxy|Galaxy]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;mag&amp;quot; is the visual magnitude. The orrery program currently does nothing with the visual magnitude, but future versions may use it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Meteor Radiants ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select Meteor Radiants, then the radiant position for any meteor showers which are now occurring will be plotted. The radiant is the position in the sky from which meteors seem to emerge during a shower - it&#039;s the best place in the sky to look for meteors.The radiant is plotted in white if more than 50 meteors per hour are expected under optimal viewing conditions, cream-color if 20 or more meteors per hour are expected, and grey if fewer then 20 meteors per hour are expected. Note that these are meteor rates for the date of the shower maximum - see the Meteor Showers page for more information. The radiant position usually changes as the shower progresses. The orrery takes that into account when plotting the radiant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Changing the Magnitude Limit ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The magnitude scale for expressing the brightness of stars and planets is explained [[:wikipedia:Apparent_magnitude|in this Wikipedia article]]. It is one of the oldest&lt;br /&gt;
measurement systems still in use today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the orrery displays every star a person with excellent eyesight located in a very dark area on a moonless night can see. If your observing conditions are less ideal than that, it can be helpful to use the &amp;quot;Mag. Limit&amp;quot; field in the item menu to lower&lt;br /&gt;
the limit of the faintest object plotted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Star Names ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryNamesWithZooming5.png|thumb|400px|alt=Screenshot of star names|Star Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting Star Names will cause the traditional, western names for stars to be displayed.   Most of these names are corrupted versions of ancient Arabic names. If you zoom the image, more names will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Bayer Designations ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryBayerNames.png|thumb|400px|alt=Screenshot of Bayer star names|Bayer star Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an alternative to displaying the names of the bright stars, you can instead display the [[:wikipedia:Bayer_designation|Bayer Designations]]. These are the designations using Greek letters, like the well-known &amp;quot;[[:wikipedia:Alpha_Centauri|Alpha Centauri]]&amp;quot;. It is recommended that you do not display both the star names and Bayer designations at the same time, because the display will become rather crowded. As with star names, if you zoom the display, more Bayer designations will become visible, as shown at right.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Change Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Change Time&amp;quot; page allows you to specify an explicit time between 3000 BC and 3000 AD, or the current time. If &amp;quot;Now&amp;quot; is selected, the current time is used and the display updates automatically once per minute. If a specific time is selected, it is shown in red, to remind you that the display is not going to update automatically as time passes. The time may be specified as a calendar date, or as a Julian Date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the Calendar checkbox is selected, you can choose the date and time (UT) using the normal Hildon selector widgets for these quantities. Note - this option only allows dates from 1900 to 2100 AD to be selected. To chose a date outside that time range, you must use the Text Entry option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[:wikipedia:Julian_Date|Julian Date]] is a less ambiguous way of entering times&lt;br /&gt;
in the distant past than using a calendar date, because of the differing calendar systems in use worldwide before the late 16th century. For example, the date October 10, 1582 never occurred in some European countries. Many countries have gaps in their calendars&lt;br /&gt;
with missing dates when they adopted the [[:wikipedia:Gregorian_Calendar|Gregorian Calendar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note about the Text Entry option: At this time, the numeric fields can only be changed with the keyboard&#039;s up/down arrow keys, or with text entry via the soft keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Change Location ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page allows you to select the position of the observer on the earth&#039;s surface. You can use the position derived by the N900 itself (either from cell tower coordinates or GPS), a user specified latitude and longitude, or a location selected from a menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you chose the &amp;quot;Phone&amp;quot; option, the most recent position derived by the N900 will be used. If the phone has not yet established a position, the default location will be used until the phone has derived a position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose the &amp;quot;Custom&amp;quot; option, you may enter a new position by typing text into the &amp;quot;Name&amp;quot; field, and using the &amp;quot;Longitude&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Latitude&amp;quot; selection widgets. Don&#039;t forget the &amp;quot;West&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;North&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;South&amp;quot; buttons - they select the sign of the latitude and longitude. Once you&#039;ve entered a new custom position, you&#039;ll be given the option of saving it in your private catalog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To choose a predefined position from a menu, select the &amp;quot;Menu&amp;quot; option near the bottom of the page. You will notice that the &amp;quot;Region&amp;quot; menu will then become highlighted. Push &amp;quot;Region&amp;quot;, and then select the continent or category of the area you want the sky to be shown for. Once you have selected a region, a pull-down menu with the name of that region will appear next to the &amp;quot;Region&amp;quot; button. Use that new menu to select your city. After the city is selected, its name will appear next to the regional menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a &amp;quot;Custom&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Menu&amp;quot; location, a button labeled &amp;quot;Save in Private Menu&amp;quot; will appear. After you select your new position, you may push that button to save it in the menu labeled &amp;quot;Private&amp;quot;. That menu is initially empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to add additional cities, etc. to one of the menus other than the private menu, you may simply edit one of the menu files, and add the name, latitude and longitude of the location. The lists of locations are stored in ASCII text files under the menus subdirectory of the program installation area on your phone. You will need to reload the &amp;quot;Change Location&amp;quot; page for your new locations to become available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to change the default location from Boston ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the default location, just use the &amp;quot;Change Location&amp;quot; menu option to select a new&lt;br /&gt;
location as described above. That will make the currently selected position your new default location, which will be used whenever the program is started, unless &amp;quot;Phone&amp;quot; is selected as the source for position information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Web Help Page ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button brings up this wiki page in the browser, provided you have a network connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Quick Tips ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button brings up a page with a few basic instructions for operating the program.   It does not require a network connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Minimized Display ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:OrreryMinimized.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of minimized orrery|Minimized Orrery]]&lt;br /&gt;
When the orrery window is minimized by the N900&#039;s window manager, it produces a different display which is legible even when the window is in its shrunken state.   The image at the right shown this minimal mode, when the N900 is in landscape mode.   It shown the phase of the moon in the center, and plots indicating the Sun (far right plot) and Moon (far left plot) azimuth (outside triangle) and elevation (inside arrow).   The triangle and arrow are green if the object is currently above the horizon.   At the top of the display, the UT is shown, and the bottom of the display has the LST.   These are continuously updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In portrait mode, the minimized display shows the names of each planet that is currently above the horizon (not including uranus and Neptune, which are not visible to the unaided eye).   The elevation of the planet, in degrees, is also shown, in green if the source has not yet passed through transit, and red otherwise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Touchscreen Gestures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four types of touchscreen gestures which you can make in the plotting area which are recognized by the orrery: Taps, Zooms, Pans and Presses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Taps ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the display area, and withdraw your finger or stylus within 0.25 seconds, that gesture is considered a tap. Tapping in the lower 1/5 of the display area will pan the display in azimuth. Tapping anywhere else toggles between the default screen and the constellation screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zooms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the screen and trace out a roundish figure, and remain in contact with the screen for more than 0.25 seconds, and if the figure encloses a nontrivial (&amp;gt; 300 pixels) area, the gesture is considered to be a zoom. As you move your finger or stylus, the region you are outlining will be shown as a green dotted line.   After you release your finger from the display, a red box will be shown. The red box is a rectangle with the aspect ratio of the display area, and the same area and centroid as the region you&lt;br /&gt;
traced out with your finger. The display will then be zoomed so that the region in the red box fills the display area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zooming can do some non-intuitive things, especially if you zoom near the upper left or upper right of the display. This is because the orrery&#039;s transverse mercator projection always has a line of constant azimuth in the center. This means that something zoomed&lt;br /&gt;
at the edge of the display area will be rotated as it is zoomed, and some of the stars you wish to display may be rotated out of the display area. It is best, especially if you are zooming in on an area near the zenith, to first pan the display so that the region&lt;br /&gt;
is near the center of the display, before zooming. The nice thing about the transverse mercator projection is that a zoomed area is displayed with the orientation it would have if you were directly facing it at the time indicated by the display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your zoom area includes the zenith, the display may do weird things. This is a bug.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To unzoom - just press the screen for longer than 0.25 seconds, without moving your finger (much)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pans ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pan is like a zoom, but with a more linear, rather than roundish gesture. A pan can be used to move the center of a zoomed region. It has no effect if the display area is not zoomed. After you release your finger or stylus following a zoom gesture, orrery will show the region you traced out in green, and will draw a red arrow showing the direction and size of the pan. After that, the display is re-drawn with the new center position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Presses ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you push down on the touchscreen for more than 0.25 seconds, and do not move your finger or stylus significantly while making contact, you will have made a press gesture. Since one almost always moves one&#039;s finger a little by while pressing the screen, some small motion is allowed during a press gesture. This means that a zoom or pan gesture cannot be arbitrarily small, because it will be interpreted as a press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the screen is zoomed, then the press gesture unzooms it. If the screen is already unzoomed, then the press gesture has the same effect as a tap gesture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Symbols ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Symbol Key ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orrerySymbolKey_3.2.png|thumb|200px|alt=Screenshot of Orrery symbols|Symbols used by the orrery]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select &amp;quot;About Orrery / Symbol Key&amp;quot; from the &amp;quot;opts&amp;quot; menu, you will be shown an annotated list of the symbols used by the orrery, which is reproduced at right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: the current version is 3.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Planet Symbols ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The solar system symbols, used by default on the constellation page (screen two), are the standard astronomical symbols for these objects. They are explained&lt;br /&gt;
[[:wikipedia:Planet_symbols|on Wikipedia]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Plotted Lines ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dotted yellow line is the Celestial Equator, the intersection of the Earth&#039;s equatorial plane with the celestial sphere. The red dotted line is the Ecliptic. The Ecliptic is the intersection of the Earth&#039;s orbital plane with the celestial sphere. The Ecliptic is also the path of the Sun across the sky, and the intersection points between the Celestial Equator and the Ecliptic are where the Sun is at the time of an equinox.  Constellations lying along the Ecliptic plane are zodiac constellations. The planets and the Moon are always near, but usually not exactly on, the Ecliptic. The blue-green dotted line is the Galactic Plane, the intersection of the plane of the Milky Way&#039;s disk and the celestial sphere.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Displaying Stars Too Faint for the Unaided Eye to See ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default sky catalog used by the orrery contains every star you can see with your unaided eye, even if you have exceptionally good eyesight, and are located in a very dark area on a moonless night. If you wish to display stars which require binoculars or a small telescope to be seen, you can download the file hipparcos_9.0.dat from the &lt;br /&gt;
[https://garage.maemo.org/projects/orrery/ orrery area of the gForge site].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must load this file onto your phone, of course, but you probably will want to store it on the removable microSD card, because the file is so large (3 megabytes). You must make a softlink in the top of the orrery files area called &amp;quot;faintStars&amp;quot;, which will point to where the hipparcos_9.0.dat is actually stored. For example, if you do the default installation of the orrery, and if you store the hipparcos_9.0.dat at the top directory of your microSD card, you must issue the following command to make the faint star catalog usable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ln -s /media/mmc1/hipparcos_9.0.dat /usr/share/orrery/faintStars&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You must restart the orrery after making this softlink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the new catalog and softlink are in place, the orrery will allow you to change the maximum magnitude (using the &amp;quot;Displayed Items&amp;quot; menu option) all the way up to magnitude 9.0. Note that the default, smaller catalog is still used if the maximum magnitude is no larger than 6.6, so you  may used the orrery with the faint star catalog, and not incur and performance penalty as long as you restrict yourself to stars no fainter than 6.6.   The faint (mag &amp;gt; 6.6) stars cannot be displayed in constellation mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default orrery star catalog contains 9931 stars. hipparcos_9.0.dat contains 83392 stars, and is complete to 9th magnitude. The orrery will be more sluggish if you choose to display stars fainter than 6.6, because it must process the larger star catalog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot below shows [[:wikipedia:Hyades_(star_cluster)|Hyades star cluster]] with limiting magnitudes of 6.6 (left) and 9.0 (right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:orreryHyadesMagComp.png|thumb|400px|alt=Screenshot of Orrery catalogs|Orrery Catalogs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, there&#039;s no reason at all to install the hipparcos_9.0.dat file unless you plan to do star gazing with binoculars or a small telescope.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chinese Color Scheme ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In traditional Chinese astronomy, the zodiac is known as the Yellow Way, and the celestial equator is known as the Red Way. If you want the orrery to use that color scheme for great circles and constellations, edit the file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/orrery/config&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and make the first lineread&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 CHINESE_COLOR_SCHEME 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to restart the program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bugs! (and some workarounds) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preserving the Private Catalog ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you installed the first version of the orrery program (3.0.x), and if you made location entries in the &amp;quot;Private catalog&amp;quot;, upgrading to the 3..1.3-1 version will delete your &amp;quot;Private catalog&amp;quot;, and all your saved locations will be lost. You may prevent this by using &amp;quot;X Terminal&amp;quot; to issue the following commands &#039;&#039;&#039;before upgrading&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 mkdir /home/user/.orrery&lt;br /&gt;
 cp /opt/maemo/usr/share/orrery/menus/Private /home/user/.orrery/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please send [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] comments, suggestions, questions and/or abuse to orrery.moko@gmail.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Users]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Hebrew&amp;diff=12761</id>
		<title>Hebrew</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Hebrew&amp;diff=12761"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:09:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Specific applications */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;These instructions refer to previous devices, for N900 please go to [[Hebrew N900]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide covers setting up Hebrew support in Maemo. These instructions assume [[root access]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Hebrew for N800/810 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fonts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Copying some Culmus fonts (Nachlieli, David, etc.) or Windows fonts with Hebrew (Arial, Tahoma, etc.) to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user/.fonts&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is useful in some applications.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some applications&#039; interface elements use Nokia fonts, so they need to be replaced with fonts that include Hebrew glyphs. Unfortunately, the fonts Nokia use are not free, so I can&#039;t distribute the Hebrew including version. To generate these fonts:&lt;br /&gt;
** Copy the files &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nosnr.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nosnb.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nscnr.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; from &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/fonts/nokia&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on the device to a PC.&lt;br /&gt;
** Make sure you have [http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/ FontForge] installed.&lt;br /&gt;
** Copy Nachlieli Culmus fonts (all files beginning with Nach) from where they are installed in your system to the same directory as the Nokia files.&lt;br /&gt;
** Download [http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/fontmerge fontmerge] and run it in the same directory. to do that run:&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fontforge -lang=ff -script fontmerge&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Copy the generated &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nosnb-h.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nosnr-h.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nscnr-h.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/fonts/nokia&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on the device, and remove the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-h&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; from the name, in order to overwrite the original fonts.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Other fonts that might need to be fixed similarly are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NtmRR4nh.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NcrRR4nh.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SwaRR4nh.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; from &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/fonts&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. This can be done with the [http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/fontmerge2 fontmerge] script. It seems that &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SwaRR4nh.ttf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the font used for the keyboard keys, so you must do this if you want to use Hebrew keyboard.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After installing or changing fonts, you should run &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fc-cache -f&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. A reboot might be needed for some applications or parts of the GUI to use the new fonts.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Virtual keyboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/he_IL.vkb he_IL.vkb]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/keyboards&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Then he_IL is added to the list of available languages for the keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== iconv modules ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These modules are necessary for some applications (FBreader, Minimo). Download &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/gconv.tar.gz gconv.tar.gz]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to the device, and run (as root):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
tar xzf gconv.tar.gz -C /usr/local&lt;br /&gt;
iconvconfig /usr/local/gconv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Miscellaneous == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://live.gnome.org/Hildon/HowtoRTL HowToRTL] vaguely relates to BiDi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Specific applications ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Included Opera has no BiDi support, but MicroB (Mozilla based browser) does support BiDi.&lt;br /&gt;
* Minimo works (both display and input), as long as gconv modules are installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Claws appears to display Hebrew fine, as long as the encoding is correctly identified in the mail itself.&lt;br /&gt;
* FBReader: [http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/fb-0.8.1-bidi.diff patch] for rudimentary BiDi support. You can install regular packages of FBreader 0.8.1, and use [http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/FBReader this binary] to replace &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/bin/FBReader&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on the device.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/links links-2] (graphics) with some BiDi support is available (just run this binary from XTerm) [http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/links-fribidi.diff Patch] (relative to 2.1pre23) [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm].&lt;br /&gt;
* MaemoTeX - [http://www.arava.co.il/matan/770/heb/tex.tgz this] adds Hebrew (and ams) support to MaemoTeX 0.1.6. Just untar it from root directory, and run &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mktexlsr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Leafnode appears to have no problems editing ISO-8859-8 files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Internationalization]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Power users]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:N8x0]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=N900_FM_radio_transmitter&amp;diff=27459</id>
		<title>N900 FM radio transmitter</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=N900_FM_radio_transmitter&amp;diff=27459"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:08:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Typical Range */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The N900 has a FM radio transmitter capable of sending audio several meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SI4713 chip is used to transmit FM radio with radiotext in the range 76-108MHz from a digital or analog audio input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Features ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the datasheet:&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated receiver for receive power measurement&lt;br /&gt;
* Worldwide FM band support (76–108 MHz) for transmit&lt;br /&gt;
* Requires only two external components&lt;br /&gt;
* Frequency synthesizer with integrated VCO&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital stereo modulator&lt;br /&gt;
* Programmable pre-emphasis (50/75 µs)&lt;br /&gt;
* Analog/digital audio interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Programmable reference clock&lt;br /&gt;
* RDS/RBDS transmit encoder (Si4713 only)&lt;br /&gt;
* PCB loop antenna support with self calibrated capacitor tuning&lt;br /&gt;
* Programmable transmit level&lt;br /&gt;
* Programmable modulation&lt;br /&gt;
* 2.7 to 5.5 V supply voltage&lt;br /&gt;
* Digital gain compression&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated LDO regulator&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 × 3 × 0.55 mm 20-pin QFN&lt;br /&gt;
* Pb-free and RoHS Compliant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is short range only, see the section on [[#Typical Range|typical range]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can also receive the signal level on the tuned frequency. This enables transmitter application to scan all frequencies, checking for vacant ones, and suggesting empty frequencies to the user for selection as transmission frequencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Nokia N900|N900]] controls the FM transmitter through the I2C(2) bus, and supplies analog audio (same audio lines as HP-AMP) to the transmitter. The transmitter&#039;s digital audio inputs are unused (NC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FM signal is transmitted from a loop antenna built into the case, and connected to the PCB with clips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
product marketing sheet: https://www.silabs.com/products/audiovideo/fmtransmitters/Pages/Si471213.aspx&lt;br /&gt;
Full datasheet available there immediately after registering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The documentation for the driver, along with some information on the chip is at&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mjmwired.net/kernel/Documentation/video4linux/si4713.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is connected to the [[N900 Hardware Bus I2C|I2C]] bus-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Software==&lt;br /&gt;
===Kernel===&lt;br /&gt;
It is controlled through the kernel module fmtx_si4713, which implements the interfaces /dev/radio0 - a video4linux device. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v4l2-ctl dumps the following information about the device. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 v4l2-ctl --all -d /dev/radio0&lt;br /&gt;
  Driver Info:&lt;br /&gt;
  Driver name   : radio-si4713&lt;br /&gt;
  Card type     : Silicon Labs Si4713 FM Radio Tr&lt;br /&gt;
  Bus info      : I2C: 0x63&lt;br /&gt;
  Driver version: 1&lt;br /&gt;
  Capabilities  : 0x00010000&lt;br /&gt;
   Tuner&lt;br /&gt;
 Video input : 0&lt;br /&gt;
 Frequency: 1400000 (87.500000 MHz)&lt;br /&gt;
 Video Standard = 0x00000000&lt;br /&gt;
 Streaming Parameters Video Capture:&lt;br /&gt;
 Frames per second: 25.000 (25/1)&lt;br /&gt;
 Read buffers     : 0&lt;br /&gt;
 Tuner:&lt;br /&gt;
  Name                 : FM Transmitter&lt;br /&gt;
 Capabilities         : 62.5 Hz stereo &lt;br /&gt;
 Frequency range      : 87.5 MHz - 108.0 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
 Signal strength/AFC  : 0%/0&lt;br /&gt;
 Current audio mode   : stereo&lt;br /&gt;
 Available subchannels: stereo &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [http://www.stanford.edu/~blp/fmtools/ for more information on the video4linux API].&lt;br /&gt;
The driver also exposes the sysfs directory ./class/i2c-adapter/i2c-2/2-0063/ .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===User===&lt;br /&gt;
The FM transmitter can be enabled in the settings application, and there are third party applications to more easily enable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No software currently uses the ability of the chip to scan for free channels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The package [http://maemo.org/packages/view/fm-boost/ FM boost] maximizes the transmitter power. In some cases, this may improve reception. In others, the transmitter will already be set to highest output. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several bugs open with regards the FM transmitter [https://bugs.maemo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6792 this one] for example is regarding the policy to turn off the FM transmitter when the device is plugged into a computer using the USB cable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The D-Bus interface is documented in [http://maemo.org/api_refs/5.0/5.0-final/fmtx-middleware/fmtx_api.html this page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Typical Range==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low power transmitters that are license compliant - do not exceed the regulations - are inherently short range devices and will have poor performance in many desired use-cases simply due to the regulatory limit on power usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the US - the limit is approximately 15 nW, in the UK, 50 nW.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The below OFCOM document lists ranges to a good receiver with a fully extended antenna as 4m for 15nW and 8m for 50nW. (to achieve &#039;noiseless&#039; reception)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ofcom.org.uk/radiocomms/ifi/licensing/classes/rlans/technical/tests/srdtests.pdf This document from OFCOM [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] (UK licensing agency) outlines test results for 50nW devices)] [http://www.ofcom.org.uk/consult/condocs/wtexemption/responses/bbc.pdf and this is a BBC response to the OFCOM proposal to legalise them in the UK]. Quoting the second:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;The BBC appreciates the advantage in principle of authorising for licence-exempt use low-power Band II transmitters constructed strictly to a common European type-approval regime and ‘CE’ marked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:However, the chosen maximum ERP of 50 nW is neither sufficiently small to avoid creating interference to broadcast reception nor sufficiently large to guarantee that such ‘Micro’ FM transmitters will actually work as intended in areas where Band II is utilised intensively, such as London.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:N900]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:N900_Hardware]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=SMSCON_Editor&amp;diff=37117</id>
		<title>SMSCON Editor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=SMSCON_Editor&amp;diff=37117"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:06:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The SMSCON Editor is a user interface to the configuration of the [[SMSCON]] application. Further, it can assist in verifying its correct operation and configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been created using the PyQT libraries and the functionality is provided by Python.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its assistance the user is able to edit from a GUI all the options and name  the secret pass-phrases of the commands used for controlling the device by the [[SMSCON]]. All settings are stored at its configuration file, i.e. the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/opt/smscon/smscon_config&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, it provides an interface to initialise (i.e. init, start, stop, reset and set/remove from the device&#039;s boot sequence) the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;smscon_daemon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application can be installed directly by the Application Manager (HAM) and the [[Extras]] repositories. [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] (Check [http://maemo.org/packages/view/smscon-editor/ here] for its status)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also find the latest version in the [https://garage.maemo.org/frs/?group_id=1848&amp;amp;release_id=4063 garage project page].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The editor depends to the following packages:&lt;br /&gt;
* smscon&lt;br /&gt;
* python2.5&lt;br /&gt;
* python2.5-qt4-gui&lt;br /&gt;
* python2.5-qt4-core &lt;br /&gt;
* python2.5-qt4-maemo5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Usage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it starts it loads the current configuration file so that the options already configured to be shown in the appropriate sections of the GUI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FIXME: add explanations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start up===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A banner will popup showing the correct startup, i.e. the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;smscon_config&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file is correct and that it has been successfully loaded by the editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Startup.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Since version 0.6) a password dialog will open and request the application password &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; the default password for the SMSCON Editor is &#039;&#039;&#039;12345&#039;&#039;&#039; and should not be mistaken with the password that might be requested during the installation of the OpenSSH server (which is a dependency of [[SMSCON]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_AskPassword.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General configuration tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_General.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_General1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_General2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Select Reply Options ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice can be made on the communication option the replies are send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_disableReply.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_selectReply.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Disable All Replies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice can be made to disable all replies (this will not apply for the SMS message send when an not authorised SIM card is inserted). &lt;br /&gt;
If no replies to be send is requested, the relevant options will be hidden, i.e. will become non selectable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_disableReply2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_selectReply2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Send GPS Coordinates Replies ====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Choice can be made where the replies with the GPS coordinates should be send. &lt;br /&gt;
It can be either one of: &lt;br /&gt;
*SMS&lt;br /&gt;
*Email &lt;br /&gt;
*Both&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_General_selection.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email configuration tab===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In order to receive email notifications the appropriate tab must be filled.&lt;br /&gt;
Currently only few types are supported. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example of gmail account settings are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Email.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse SSH configuration tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Leaving empty the username and password fields will disable the reverse SSH functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_SSH.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Commands renaming first tab===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Commands can be renamed (it is recommended for maximum safety) to ones preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Commands1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Commands2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====Prefixing Commands====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Prefix&amp;quot; functionality can be useful in the cases where it is desired all the default names to be prefixed with a common string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039; The new names (as all other changes) are stored only after the button &amp;quot;Update Settings&amp;quot; is pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Commands_prefix.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Program Initialisation tab===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Init.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Init2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Invoke program test commands tab===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* After each test is executed the daemon is stopped and previous configuration is restored. &lt;br /&gt;
* Before exiting the application press the &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Tests Done&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; button to start the daemon again.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Test.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Test2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Drop down menu===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_Editor_Main.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===About===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The about window provides also buttons to connect in the wiki pages for both parts of the application and read the latest documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_About.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change Password=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu for changing the password for opening the Editor application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_ChangePassword.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Popups=== &lt;br /&gt;
There are several popups triggered on actions and updates that inform the user on the current state of the operation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:SMSCON_UpdatedSettings.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
FIXME: add more popups and explanations.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Changelog==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.8-8 &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://maemo.org/packages/package_instance/view/fremantle_extras-devel_free_armel/smscon-editor/0.8-8/ Development]&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
Availability: [[Extras-devel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Correction of error with RESENDTIME creation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Replaced &amp;quot;-init&amp;quot; command with &amp;quot;-force init&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added check in postinstal script for the config version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.8-7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Modification of the UI to support rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enabled rotation on all panels (some parts look ugly but it is functional).	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.8-6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Added new logic and options for support of SMSCON 0.8.x versions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added dependency on smscon (&amp;gt;= 0.8.0-1) and suggestion for smssend (&amp;gt;= 0.1.8)&lt;br /&gt;
* Added auto-disable of options related to SMS replies if SMSSEND is not selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added auto-disable of options related to SMS retries if SMSRESEND is not selected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added background send of SMS message on password change (optional; requires smssend package).&lt;br /&gt;
* Several UI modifications for usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modification of the General tab to be a scrollable list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modification of the UI to expand on all the available screen estate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added code in the postinstall to compile the python code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.7-4 &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://maemo.org/downloads/product/Maemo5/smscon-editor/ Stable]&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
Availability: [[Extras]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Addition of more test options.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modification of the Tests tab to be a scrollable list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a button to restart the daemon when tests complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Password to open the editor will persist updates.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed autocapitalisation of first character in several entry fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aligned Left all entry fields in the Email and SSH tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Known issues&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* options for disabling SMS replies are not displaying correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.7-3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Addition of five new commands and one new option in the UI and code (support for SMSCON ver. &amp;gt; 0.7)&lt;br /&gt;
* Addition of scrollable list for the commands editing. All the commands now can be edited from one tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improvement in the UI to hide SMS reply options when replies are disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improvement in the change password window.&lt;br /&gt;
* Simplification and cleanup in many parts of the code.&lt;br /&gt;
* New About page with auto rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Correction for stackable windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.6-1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Correction in copying config file for safe editing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added creation of temp config file on first use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.6-0 ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Added password protection for opening the GUI (default password = 12345).&lt;br /&gt;
* Added two new dialog windows (to enter and change the password respectively).&lt;br /&gt;
* Added new initialisation command to delete the application stored IMSI number.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added new initialisation command to delete the configuration stored.&lt;br /&gt;
* New sudoers file to include two scripts for handling operations that need root privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed indirect dependency to rootsh package (i.e. use of root).&lt;br /&gt;
* Changed password fields in email and ssh settings to be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changed privileges for supporting files to be more restrictive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.5-5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Added new code to read and encrypt the sensitive config file parameters (Contribution by Frank Visser).&lt;br /&gt;
* Restructure and heavy cleanup of the code.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some small main GUI corrections and beautifications.&lt;br /&gt;
* Package smscon has been added in the dependencies.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changed the sequence for updating the config file to give better information to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated several messages to be more descriptive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.4.4-14 ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Added prefix of a common string to all commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.4.4-12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Added support for new option to send GPS coordinates to both email and sms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Increased the size of the username fields - useful with gmail and such.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed smscon from the dependencies (to allow promotion in extras)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.4.4-11 ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Added tests for receiving GPS coordinates commands &lt;br /&gt;
* Added tests for phonecall and sms commands &lt;br /&gt;
* Added information and warning boxes &lt;br /&gt;
* Many visibility enhancement changes&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated icon to be transparent.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added icon for the application manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* Made MailFrom = MailAddress as a temp solution until dedicated space is made for this field in the GUI.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added the About and Credits dialogs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added smscon in the dependencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.4.4-9 ===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes in the postinst script to correct it&#039;s execution and privileges &lt;br /&gt;
* Added checks on the configuration file existence and to provide messages to the user when missing or corrupted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.4.4-5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;: This version (and above) will work only with [[SMSCON]] version equal or higher than 0.4.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Addition of a new tickbox to provide &amp;quot;Reply On Keybord Open&amp;quot; settings option.&lt;br /&gt;
* Update of code reading the config file to include spaces in commands (provided by digitalvoid).&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected canvas of the main window to fit better the N900 screen size.&lt;br /&gt;
* Increased the width of commands line enter.&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected the .desktop file to point in the correct iconset&lt;br /&gt;
* Added explicit permissions in the postinst script for the gui elements file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.4.3-9 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* added block on starting the UI as root (it should only be started as user)&lt;br /&gt;
* the editor will quit after calling the init or reset commands (after informing user).&lt;br /&gt;
* added slightly modified icons.&lt;br /&gt;
* added settings and permissions in sudoers file.&lt;br /&gt;
* cleanup of postinst instructions&lt;br /&gt;
* cleanup of commented out code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 0.4.3-8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The Editor will trigger a reload of the new configuration after every update of the config file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Temporarily the MailFrom field in the email settings will be filled by the MailAddress (in the future will get its own element in the GUI).&lt;br /&gt;
* Renamed buttons in the UI from &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Create Settings&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Update Settings&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;: For older versions please see the changelogs in the [https://garage.maemo.org/frs/?group_id=1848&amp;amp;release_id=4066 project&#039;s garage page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Future Development==&lt;br /&gt;
* add mailfrom field.&lt;br /&gt;
* do not overwrite the password if it is already defined. &lt;br /&gt;
* add more test commands.&lt;br /&gt;
* add option to hide the desktop entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* protect the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==License==&lt;br /&gt;
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify&lt;br /&gt;
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published&lt;br /&gt;
by the Free Software Foundation; version 2 only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Disclaimer==&lt;br /&gt;
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,&lt;br /&gt;
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of&lt;br /&gt;
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the&lt;br /&gt;
GNU General Public License for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:N900]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Ovi_Maps_Extra_Features&amp;diff=31270</id>
		<title>Ovi Maps Extra Features</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Ovi_Maps_Extra_Features&amp;diff=31270"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:06:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Voice Navigation and Espeak - OmVoiceServer */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page is a work in progress. Please add missing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is Ovi Maps Extra Features ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ovi Maps Extra Features is a project that&#039;s been worked on to bring enhancements and extra features to Ovi Maps on the [[Nokia N900|N900]]. It began as adding simple functionality, but has progressed to adding voice commands and spoken street names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently the features present in the latest release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Addition of two extra buttons when routing&lt;br /&gt;
** First button is to show all maneouvers in the current route and allows them to be turned on and off.&lt;br /&gt;
** Second button shows Points of interest on the map, again allowing them to be turned on and off. Further customizations of Points of Interest is discussed below.&lt;br /&gt;
* Brought back 3D view of maps which was removed through an update&lt;br /&gt;
* Added extra menu to customize POIs&lt;br /&gt;
* Added voice capability with spoken languages (requires server, details below)&lt;br /&gt;
* Voice capability also allows for spoken street names through espeak&lt;br /&gt;
* Added feature to allow saved results to be displayed offline (still experiemental)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to use the latest version ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Download omVoiceServer from Extras-Devel. Be mindful that this is a work in progress and may contain many bugs. Software from this repository may also cause data loss and problems with your N900. Be sure to backup incase you need to reflash.&lt;br /&gt;
# The omvoiceServer icon will be available through the program menu&lt;br /&gt;
# Using your prefered method, access your &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/share/nokia-maps/html&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; folder. This contains the necessary files to change.&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the newest html file from [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=66985 this talk.maemo.org post]. Link will be available in the top.&lt;br /&gt;
# In that folder is the original &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;index.html&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; file. Rename it to something else for backup purposes. Incase of any errors or problems with ovi maps, restore this file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy the new modified &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;index.html&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; file into the folder&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy any extra icons required from [http://talk.maemo.org/attachment.php?attachmentid=19263&amp;amp;stc=1&amp;amp;d=1302432522 here]&lt;br /&gt;
# the location of the extra icons is given inside the zip folder (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;html\pfw\images\spices\{folders}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
# omVoiceServer will look for voice files under cities folder (where all the map data is saved). This location can be changed from the options in omVoiceServer&lt;br /&gt;
# POI saved results are found again under the cities folder, but under a sub folder named &amp;quot;poi&amp;quot;. This folder may need to be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One method for accessing all these required folders is using winSCP. http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=41422&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features explained ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Maneuvers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With PR1.2, maneuver support was added so that when selecting a junction, its appropriate icon will be displayed. This functionality has been extended to allow all maneuvour icons to be displayed through a simple button, hence allowing the user to know what turns are approaching. The button is only displayed while traveling to a destination (needs a valid route to display manevours for), and hence will only be visible at times of routing. This button requires a new icon which can be added manually or automatically through the latest version of omVoiceServer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{information on how to edit manuevour button can be added here}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Points Of Interest While Driving ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ovi Maps supports points of interest display on the map however the default is only transport icons, hence an extra button was added to enable POIs to be displayed and removed, as well as a new menu which allows for customizations of catagories. These catagories can be modified further if the user requires catagories other than the default ones. Similarly to the Manevours button, the button for POI is only availble while routeing. A new icon is again available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Turning on and off certain POI icons ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new menu has been added with a few main catagories for POI. This can be found under &amp;quot;Maps&amp;quot; &amp;gt; &amp;quot;More&amp;quot; &amp;gt; &amp;quot;POI Settings&amp;quot;. It currently has&lt;br /&gt;
* Transport&lt;br /&gt;
* Shops&lt;br /&gt;
* Education&lt;br /&gt;
* Parking&lt;br /&gt;
* Activites&lt;br /&gt;
* All&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WARNING: Choosing the all category will load all points of interest on the map. In cities and areas with many shops/schools/etc it will take a long time to turn them on and off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Customizing the Points of Interest ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The required function that contains the points of interest is under &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
showAllCategories: function (showthem) {&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
with the following items under each category&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
poiRegExp[0] = /AIRPORT|AIRLINE|METRO|UNDERGROUND|RAILWAY|FERRY|SBAHN|RER_/; 	//Transport&lt;br /&gt;
poiRegExp[1] = /BAR|SHOP/;		//shops&lt;br /&gt;
poiRegExp[2] = /EDUCATION|EXHIBITION|LIBRARY|MUSEUM|UNIVERSITY/;	//Education&lt;br /&gt;
poiRegExp[3] = /PARKING/;	//Parking&lt;br /&gt;
poiRegExp[4] = /BEACH|CAMPING|CASINO|CINEMA|GOLF|HOLIDAY|OPERA|STADIUM|THEATRE|TOURIST|ZOO|SPORT/;	//Activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Full list of possible POIs are &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;AIRLINE_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 AIRPORT&lt;br /&gt;
 ALL&lt;br /&gt;
 AMUSEMENT_PARK&lt;br /&gt;
 AUT_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 AUT_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 BARS_CAFES&lt;br /&gt;
 BAR_DISCO&lt;br /&gt;
 BEACH&lt;br /&gt;
 BEL_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 BEL_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 CAMPING&lt;br /&gt;
 CAR_DEALER&lt;br /&gt;
 CAR_REPAIR&lt;br /&gt;
 CASH_DISPENSER&lt;br /&gt;
 CASINO&lt;br /&gt;
 CINEMA&lt;br /&gt;
 COMPANY&lt;br /&gt;
 CONCERT_HALL&lt;br /&gt;
 CONGRESS&lt;br /&gt;
 COURTHOUSE&lt;br /&gt;
 CULTURAL_CENTRE&lt;br /&gt;
 CZE_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 CZE_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 DEN_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 DEN_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 DEU_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 DEU_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 DEU_SBAHN_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 DEU_SBAHN_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 EDUCATION&lt;br /&gt;
 EMBASSY&lt;br /&gt;
 ESP_BARCELONA_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 ESP_BARCELONA_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 ESP_CERCANIAS_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 ESP_CERCANIAS_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 ESP_MADRID_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 ESP_MADRID_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 EXHIBITION_CENTRE&lt;br /&gt;
 FERRY_TERMINAL&lt;br /&gt;
 FIN_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 FIN_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 FRA_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 FRA_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 FRA_RER_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 FRA_RER_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 FRONTIER_CROSSING&lt;br /&gt;
 GBR_GLASGOW_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 GBR_GLASGOW_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 GBR_LONDON_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 GBR_LONDON_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 GOLF_COURSE&lt;br /&gt;
 GOVERNMENT_OFFICE&lt;br /&gt;
 HOLIDAY_PARK&lt;br /&gt;
 HOSPITAL&lt;br /&gt;
 HOTEL&lt;br /&gt;
 ITA_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 ITA_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 LIBRARY&lt;br /&gt;
 METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 MOUNTAIN_PASS&lt;br /&gt;
 MOUNTAIN_PEAK&lt;br /&gt;
 MUSEUM&lt;br /&gt;
 NOR_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 NOR_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 OPERA&lt;br /&gt;
 PARKING&lt;br /&gt;
 PARKING_AREA&lt;br /&gt;
 PARKING_GARAGE&lt;br /&gt;
 PARK_RECREATION&lt;br /&gt;
 PETROL_STATION&lt;br /&gt;
 PHARMACY&lt;br /&gt;
 PLACE_OF_WORSHIP&lt;br /&gt;
 POLICE&lt;br /&gt;
 POST_OFFICE&lt;br /&gt;
 PRT_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 PRT_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 RAILWAY_STATION&lt;br /&gt;
 RAILWAY_STATION_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 RENT_A_CAR_FACILITY&lt;br /&gt;
 RESTAURANT&lt;br /&gt;
 REST_AREA&lt;br /&gt;
 SHOP&lt;br /&gt;
 SHOPPING_CENTRE&lt;br /&gt;
 SPORT_OUTDOOR&lt;br /&gt;
 STADIUM&lt;br /&gt;
 SWE_METRO_ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
 SWE_METRO_STOP&lt;br /&gt;
 THEATRE&lt;br /&gt;
 TOURIST_ATTRACTION&lt;br /&gt;
 TOURIST_INFORMATION_CENTRE&lt;br /&gt;
 UNDERGROUND_STATION&lt;br /&gt;
 UNIVERSITY&lt;br /&gt;
 ZOO&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to changing the categories, you may also change the text displayed to the user. This can be found under the function&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;javascript&amp;quot;&amp;gt;_createPoiScreen: function (aEvent) {//HERE HERE&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
this._aboutBtn = new nokia.aduno.medosui.Button(&amp;quot;ButtonWithIcon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;About&amp;quot;);	&lt;br /&gt;
this._transportBtn = new nokia.aduno.medosui.Button(&amp;quot;ButtonWithCheck&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Transport&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
this._shopsBtn = new nokia.aduno.medosui.Button(&amp;quot;ButtonWithCheck&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shops&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
this._educationBtn = new nokia.aduno.medosui.Button(&amp;quot;ButtonWithCheck&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Education&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
this._parkingBtn = new nokia.aduno.medosui.Button(&amp;quot;ButtonWithCheck&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Parking&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
this._activitesBtn = new nokia.aduno.medosui.Button(&amp;quot;ButtonWithCheck&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Activities&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
this._allBtn = new nokia.aduno.medosui.Button(&amp;quot;ButtonWithCheck&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;All&amp;quot;);&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3D View ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3D view has been re-added to Ovi Maps including the rotation wheel and 3D buildings. This feature was removed in a previous update from Nokia. With this feature, you can also stop the map from rotating at all and lock its direction to always north (or any other direction you choose). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Add part about changing the code to prevent rotation}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Voice Navigation and Espeak - OmVoiceServer ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the main additions to Ovi Maps has been voice navigation and later on spoken street names. This was first done using a python server which would listen for requests from the Maps application and then play the corresponding sound. One drawback from this was the javascript inside the maps application had to convert turns and other route information into file names. This causes a slight problem when changing languages as not all languages contain the same file names for commands and turns. The most current version is omVoiceServer which parses the information from the maps application and looks up the sound files. This allows the maps application to only send the turn information, and the server to do the rest of the work. It also contains a GUI for changing of various options and settings, allowing languages to be changed during routeing and turning on and off spoken street names using eSpeak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the server has been changed to get the voice files itself, the code for maps application has also been changed, hence omVoiceServer requires a new index.html page to function. These can be found [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=66985 here] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Saved POI results - OmVoiceServer ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest version of omVoiceServer also allows for semi-offline routing to common destinations. When connected to the internet, a search may be made and the contents of the result can be saved for later use when there is no internet (or when you wish to save on data downloads). To enable POI offline searching you will need to add an empty ad-hoc network (as ovi maps still requires network connection to search, however due to a bug in maemo, you can connect to non-existant ad-hoc connections and trick ovi maps into thinking your connected).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To setup a no internet network, simply go to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Settings} &amp;gt; {Internet Connections} &amp;gt; {Connections} &amp;gt; {New} &amp;gt; {Next} &amp;gt; Type a connection name, ie &amp;quot;no internet&amp;quot; &amp;gt; {Next} &amp;gt; Select {No} when asked to search for WLAN Networks &amp;gt; Enter anything in the network name ie &amp;quot;no internet&amp;quot; &amp;gt; untick {Network is hidden} &amp;gt; Change Network Mode from infrastructure to {Ad hoc} &amp;gt; {Next} &amp;gt; {Finish}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then:&lt;br /&gt;
# With omvoiceserver running, and open the maps application and search for something. For example search for your home address (this step needs internet access).&lt;br /&gt;
# press Ctrl + backspace to get to the taskmanager and open omvoicesever. In the last tab under &amp;quot;Last Search&amp;quot; it&#039;ll have the details of your last search (in this example, your home address).&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the &amp;quot;Save this search&amp;quot; button and save the file under your cities folder in a new folder called &amp;quot;poi&amp;quot; (ie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/user/MyDocs/cities/poi&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;). Save it with the filename &amp;quot;poi-home&amp;quot; (or any other name but make sure it begins with &amp;quot;poi-&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# omvoiceserver will save the file there as an xml file (see it through the file manager)&lt;br /&gt;
# Connect to your ad-hoc network&lt;br /&gt;
# In maps (ctrl+backspace to shift screens) do a search for &amp;quot;poi-home&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Watch as your result comes up even though theres no internet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Power users]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fremantle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Developer_FAQ&amp;diff=5959</id>
		<title>Developer FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Developer_FAQ&amp;diff=5959"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:06:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* How can I package software for Maemo? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a list of frequently asked questions related to developing applications for the Maemo platform or working on the platform itself. This is in constant evolution, and new questions and answers are welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For user topics, please see the [[User FAQ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What can I do if my question is not mentioned here? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Look if it is discussed already in one of the mailing lists or in [http://talk.maemo.org talk.maemo.org]&lt;br /&gt;
# If not post your question in the developer mailing list or in talk&lt;br /&gt;
# If you find the answer and you think it could be interesting for others as well post it here, so that we just have to point on this page in the future if the question pops up again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maemo SDK and Scratchbox ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;dbus-monitor&amp;quot; does not work in Scratchbox. What can I do? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Error messages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typical error messages in this case are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 X86: ~] &amp;gt; dbus-monitor --system&lt;br /&gt;
 Failed to open connection to system message bus: Failed to connect to socket /var/run/dbus/system_bus_socket: No such file or directory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or for the session bus:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 X86: ~] &amp;gt; dbus-monitor          &lt;br /&gt;
 Failed to open connection to session message bus: (null)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or when starting a python app:&lt;br /&gt;
 arguments to dbus_connection_get_data() were incorrect, assertion &amp;quot;connection != NULL&amp;quot; failed in file dbus-connection.c&lt;br /&gt;
 GLIB ERROR ** default - Not enough memory to set up DBusConnection for use with GLib&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Tested in Fremantle Beta, Beta_2&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the following lines in the Scratchbox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 eval $(dbus-launch --sh-syntax)&lt;br /&gt;
 export DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS&lt;br /&gt;
 export DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then run the dbus-monitor command and it should work fine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;quot;xephyr&amp;quot; fails to start in the host with a dbus security error ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Error messages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 [config/dbus] couldn&#039;t take over org.x.config: org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.AccessDenied (Connection &amp;quot;:1.310&amp;quot; is not allowed to own the service &amp;quot;org.x.config.display2&amp;quot; due to security policies in the configuration file)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The display you plan on using for Xephyr (typically :2) just needs to be added to the dbus security file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to edit the following file:&lt;br /&gt;
 /etc/dbus-1/system.d/xorg-server.conf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add the following three lines in the &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;policy context=&amp;quot;default&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; group&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;allow own=&amp;quot;org.x.config.display2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;allow send_destination=&amp;quot;org.x.config.display2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;allow send_interface=&amp;quot;org.x.config.display2&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basically you should have one for each display you plan on using, by default display 0 and display 1 are in the file. If you are planning on using a different display number for Xephyr than :2 make sure you use its number rather than &amp;quot;display2&amp;quot; when you add these lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How can I avoid &amp;quot;qemu&amp;quot; error messages of &amp;quot;af-sb-init start&amp;quot; in ARMEL target? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Error messages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the attempt ends up with something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The error was &#039;BadWindow (invalid Window parameter)&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 (Details: serial 207 error_code 3 request_code 2 minor_code 0)&lt;br /&gt;
 (Note to programmers: normally, X errors are reported asynchronously;&lt;br /&gt;
 that is, you will receive the error a while after causing it.&lt;br /&gt;
 To debug your program, run it with the --sync command line&lt;br /&gt;
 option to change this behavior. You can then get a meaningful&lt;br /&gt;
 backtrace from your debugger if you break on the gdk_x_error() function.)&lt;br /&gt;
 aborting...&lt;br /&gt;
 qemu: uncaught target signal 6 (Aborted) - core dumped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* all SDK&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ARMEL target should not be used for application testing and just for cross compiling. The target is not meant to support this. Please use for any other use than cross-compiling the X86 target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why do I get &amp;quot;command not found&amp;quot; even though I follow the instructions in the documentation? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Error messages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 X86: ~] &amp;gt; af-sb-init.sh start&lt;br /&gt;
 bash: af-sb-init.sh: command not found&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After running the installation script you have to install some closed-source packages to have a full installation of the SDK. Most likely these are not installed. Have a look [http://maemo.org/development/sdks/maemo_5_beta_2_sdk_installation/#32bitinstall here] - the last point under installation instructions - how to do that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How to resolve &amp;quot;Scratchbox devkit debian-etch not found&amp;quot; issue? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes while running the install-script of the SDK this error occurs and produces a message like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Error messages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 E: Scratchbox devkit debian-etch not found.&lt;br /&gt;
 E: Please complete scratchbox installation first.&lt;br /&gt;
 E: Specify an alternative installation path using &#039;-s PATH&#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The problem can be resolved like this (with thanks to Frank Banul in the developer list):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
add &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;deb http://scratchbox.org/debian/ maemo5-sdk main&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/apt/sources.list&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
run:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get remove scratchbox-devkit-debian&lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install scratchbox-devkit-debian&lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get remove scratchbox-devkit-perl&lt;br /&gt;
sudo apt-get install scratchbox-devkit-perl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why can I reach an IP-address but no domain inside Scratchbox? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases this happens because of the following reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
# Network configuration changed on the host-system, after Scratchbox was installed&lt;br /&gt;
# Scratchbox not configured correctly: &lt;br /&gt;
#* Manual installation of SDK was not complete&lt;br /&gt;
#* The target was reset&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Error messages&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Depends on the program, which is used. But here a small test client in python:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;python&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
import urllib2&lt;br /&gt;
print urllib2.urlopen(&amp;quot;http://google.com&amp;quot;).read()&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the following error message will be returned:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 urllib2.URLError: &amp;lt;urlopen error (-3, &#039;Temporary failure in name resolution&#039;)&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fremantle X86(!), Diablo X86(!)&lt;br /&gt;
In any cases it is most likely that the resolv.conf of the Scratchbox is not set up correctly. The following solutions for this issue can solve the problem:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Network configuration change: Copy the resolv.conf from the host system into the scratchbox/etc folder:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo cp /etc/resolv.conf /scratchbox/etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the problem is still the same try 2.:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Scratchbox configuration: This might be the case, if the target was reset or manual installed, without using the script. In this case run:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 SBOX&amp;gt; sb-conf in -edFL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sets the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/scratchbox/etc/resolv.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; as default and ignores the one of the scratchbox. Info about the command you&#039;ll find [http://maemo.org/development/sdks/maemo_5_beta_2_sdk_installation/#manualinstall here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These steps should solve the problem. If it still does not work, you could try to replace the entries of the resolv.conf &#039;&#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039;&#039; the scratchbox with the same entries of the resolv.conf of the &#039;&#039;&#039;host&#039;&#039;&#039; system by hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Script &amp;quot;af-sb-init.sh start&amp;quot; aborting ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes it happens, that the script aborts just after starting. A problem might be, that old processes are still active, and cause the error. Indicator that this might be the reason are the following lines after the startup:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Indicator&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 _X86: ~] &amp;gt; af-sb-init.sh start&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
 DBUS system bus is already running, doing nothing&lt;br /&gt;
 D-BUS session bus daemon is already running, doing nothing&lt;br /&gt;
 Starting Maemo Launcher: maemo-launcher start failed.&lt;br /&gt;
 Sapwood image server is already running, doing nothing&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
 aborting...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows, that old processes are still running, which might cause problems in starting up the framework again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; Solution &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To solve this stop the framework, kill all old processes and start it again. This can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# stop the framework:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;af-sb-init.sh stop&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# kill old processes:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;sb-conf killall&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# restart:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;af-sb-init.sh start&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How to install the SDK+ on a Linux AMD64 platform? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Maemo SDK+ package includes scratchbox 2 and Qt, but it will only install on 32-bit platforms. If you&#039;re running Debian with a 64-bit kernel, Maemo SDK+ can be installed into a chrooted 32-bit environment that sits on top of your 64-bit platform. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Maemo_SDK%2B_installation_on_Debian_(AMD64)|This guide]] takes you through all the steps to the point of compilation and running the test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== QEMU error running cmake in ARMEL target in Fremantle? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Indicator&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 qemu: uncaught target signal 11 (Segmentation fault) - core dumped&lt;br /&gt;
 make: *** [cmake_check_build_system] Error 126&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; Solution &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Check the version of cmake. Using version 2.6.3-2maemo4+0m5 should solve the problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Git error when trying to clone/pull from https repositories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Indicator&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
  error: error setting certificate verify locations:&lt;br /&gt;
    CAfile: /usr/share/curl/curl-ca-bundle.crt&lt;br /&gt;
    CApath: none&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  warning: remote HEAD refers to nonexistent ref, unable to checkout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the CA bundle where curl can find it:&lt;br /&gt;
  ~] &amp;gt; mkdir /usr/share/curl&lt;br /&gt;
  ~] &amp;gt; ln -s /scratchbox/devkits/git/share/curl/curl-ca-bundle.crt /usr/share/curl/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also [https://bugs.maemo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=4953 bug 4953].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Porting to Fremantle ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Documentation/Maemo 5 Developer Guide/Porting Software}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is intended to consolidate the common errors that occur while trying to port [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Diablo|Diablo]] applications to [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Fremantle|Fremantle]]. Feel free to improve this page and/or add additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===maemo-select-menu-location: command not found===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical error message&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 scratchbox/tools/bin/sh: line 1: /usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure: No such file or directory&lt;br /&gt;
 Setting up leafpad (0.8.16le-0maemo2) ...&lt;br /&gt;
 gtk-update-icon-cache: Cache file created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
 /var/lib/dpkg/info/leafpad.postinst: line 7: maemo-select-menu-location: command not found&lt;br /&gt;
 dpkg: error processing leafpad (--configure): subprocess post-installation script returned error exit  status 127&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reason&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:maemo-select-menu-location is obsolete. In Fremantle, there is no submenu like, &amp;quot;Utility&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Extra&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; etc. All installed 3rd party software will be visible under &amp;quot;Applications&amp;quot; by default.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Remove the instance from the post installation script. It is not needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Missing dependency: maemo-installer-utils===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reason&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:The package &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hildon-application-manager&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; no longer provides &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;maemo-installer-utils&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The commands &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;maemo-confirm-text&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;maemo-application-running&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;maemo-list-user-packages&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; are  still available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Replace the dependency with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hildon-application-manager&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Missing dependency: libhildonhelp0===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reason&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:libhildonhelp does not exist in Fremantle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Remove the dependency and calls to the help APIs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limitation of Home Area applets===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Diablo, in Fremantle these applets do not support text input, pannable areas, resizing nor scrolling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reason&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Framework limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Replace text input fields with dialogs. Use buttons for scrolling. Add resizing options in the settings dialog or adapt the UI of the applet regarding to that. For further information on how to develop those applets, please check the [[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Application_Development/Writing_Desktop_Widgets|documentation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What icon size should be used?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Fremantle the size specifications of the icons are different from Diablo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Application Manager&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Icon size: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;HILDON_ICON_SIZE_FINGER&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In Gimp or Photoshop: 48x48 pixels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Task Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Icon size: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;HILDON_ICON_SIZE_THUMB&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In Gimp or Photoshop: 64x64 pixels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using icons for the task launcher, please remember to run the following in your postinst file:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 gtk-update-icon-cache -f /usr/share/icons/hicolor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Text and icons in dialogs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Problem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:The text in dialog boxes is not formatted correctly (truncated on the right size), when a icon is in place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:In general icons should not be used in dialogs in Fremantle. Remove the icon and the text will be formatted correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initialisation scripts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Problem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Initialisation scripts don&#039;t work any more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reason&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Fremantle has switched to using &#039;&#039;&#039;upstart&#039;&#039;&#039; for system initialisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Create &#039;&#039;&#039;upstart&#039;&#039;&#039; job definitions instead of init scripts.  Information on writing these can be found on http://upstart.ubuntu.com/getting-started.html. However, be aware that the directory used on Maemo 5 is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/event.d&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
:The job script should be placed in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/event.d/&#039;&#039;package&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  And the package postinst, prerm and postrm should use the &#039;&#039;start --quiet&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;stop --quiet&#039;&#039; commands to start and stop the service.  Unfortunately there is no debhelper tool to assist with this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enabling sudo for user installed scripts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Problem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Users tend to want to edit /etc/sudoers to allow a command provided by a script they created to run with raise privileges. This is highly likely to result in a bricked device forcing you to re-flash to make it work again from scratch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reason&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/sudoers&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file seems deceivingly straight forward to edit. It&#039;s not:&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    17:27 &amp;lt; MohammadAG51&amp;gt; listen to that advice&amp;lt;BR&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    17:27 &amp;lt; MohammadAG51&amp;gt; don&#039;t be a smartass like I did once&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:Add your specific sudo configuration to &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/sudoers.d/*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; as a new file (courtuesy to the reader, you are advice to read [http://www.sudo.ws/sudo/sudoers.man.html this] to understand how to create sudoers.d/ snippets appropriate for your application or script.&lt;br /&gt;
:Run update-sudores and profit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Qt ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Where to find a Maemo Qt API Reference? ===&lt;br /&gt;
There is a [[Qt4 Hildon|Qt page on the wiki]] with some useful information, and [http://qt.nokia.com/doc/qt-maemo-4.6/index.html official Qt for Maemo documentation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How to create &amp;quot;[[Documentation/Maemo_5_Developer_Guide/Human_Interface_Guidelines/Windows#Window_Views|HildonStackableWindows]]&amp;quot;?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is done by setting a special attribute on the window, as shown in the [http://doc.qt.nokia.com/qt-maemo-4.6/maemo5-stackedwindows.html Qt Maemo 5 stacked window example].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Autobuilder ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Localization isn&#039;t working ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are probably using the following line in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;configure.ac&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 localedir=`$PKG_CONFIG osso-af-settings --variable=localedir`&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that you need to add &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;osso-af-settings&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to your Build-Depends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Package gets rejected: REJECTED: The same or newer version is already in extras-devel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can&#039;t upload the same version to the repository twice. If you have changed anything in your package, you should increase your version number or package revision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build failed: No such file or directory in log file ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You probably forgot to specify the correct Build-Depends in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;debian/control&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The autobuilder starts every build with a clean SDK image. If you need any application during building which is not available in the default SDK image, you need to specify it specifically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may verify that your Build-Depends field in debian/control is complete by running&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 dpkg-depcheck -m dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot -b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
in the source tree.  (You&#039;ll need to &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fakeroot apt-get install devscripts&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; for this to work).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build failed, works in my own scratchbox ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the answer above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Extras ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How can I package software for Maemo? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Documentation/Maemo 5 Developer Guide/Packaging, Deploying and Distributing}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Maemo is based on the Debian operating system, creating packages for Maemo borrows a lot of [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] tools and techniques from Debian, however there are [[Packaging#Maemo-specific packaging information|some Maemo-specific differences]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[Packaging|simple guide to get started]] is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How do I request upload rights for Extras ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can [https://garage.maemo.org/extras-assistant/index.php?target=invitation_request request an invitation] via the Extras Assistant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How do I enable extras, extras-testing, and extras-devel in Scratchbox ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add the following lines to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/apt/sources.list&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; from within scratchbox:&lt;br /&gt;
 deb http://repository.maemo.org/extras/ fremantle free non-free&lt;br /&gt;
 deb-src http://repository.maemo.org/extras/ fremantle free&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 deb http://repository.maemo.org/extras-testing/ fremantle free non-free&lt;br /&gt;
 deb-src http://repository.maemo.org/extras-testing/ fremantle free&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 deb http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/ fremantle free non-free&lt;br /&gt;
 deb-src http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/ fremantle free&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then run the following commands from within scratchbox:&lt;br /&gt;
 cd /tmp&lt;br /&gt;
 wget http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel/dists/fremantle/fremantle-extras-pubkey.asc&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-key add fremantle-extras-pubkey.asc&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, running apt-get update twice is sometimes needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you get errors where apt cannot find the keyring, then the above commands should fix that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Scratchbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fremantle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=QSportsEvent&amp;diff=33977</id>
		<title>QSportsEvent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=QSportsEvent&amp;diff=33977"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:05:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a page that will hold information about the &#039;&#039;&#039;QSportsEvent&#039;&#039;&#039; app. The initial versions are targeting updated scores and tables for football (soccer). Future versions will include other sports and additional features. The objective of &#039;&#039;&#039;QSportsEvent&#039;&#039;&#039; is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;To maximize the experience of following sports events by leveraging the capabilities of the mobile device.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data is retrieved from the [http://www.aragon.ws/soccerdb SoccerDB] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] site. You are encouraged to make donations to that project. The community is encouraged to suggest additional data sources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thread to follow on talk.maemo.org is [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=49508 QSportsEvent - FIFA World Cup and Football App].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that by the time the app will hit Extras it will have been renamed to &#039;&#039;&#039;MobiTifo&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should now be possible to install MobiTifo/QSportsEvent from [[extras-devel]]! I leave the below, manual installation instructions for the time being until it is confirmed that there are no issues. So far I only have reports from people who already had the app installed. I&#039;d need to know from someone who is doing a &#039;fresh&#039; install as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fremantle (Nokia N900)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This description is now OBSOLETE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Manually uninstall any previous versions first (I&#039;ve never tested installing on top on an existing one)&lt;br /&gt;
# Your database will be replaced, so you will loose all your favourites and all URLs you have entered (I will try to figure out a solution for this...)&lt;br /&gt;
# The app does use your Internet connection and there is no &#039;optimization&#039;. The pages and data downloaded are not huge, so there should not be a big problem, but at least you&#039;ve been warned...&lt;br /&gt;
# There is a dependency on &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;libqt4-webkit&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;libqt4-xmlpatterns&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If you need it, you have to [[root access|be root]] and once you are, you can do:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;apt-get install libqt4-webkit libqt4-xmlpatterns&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Install the .deb file manually from [http://www.mobitifo.com/qsportsevent_0.0.8_armel.deb this link] and launch it from the file manager. Please note that I am now hosting it on its own site as the size of the .deb file is larger than what I&#039;m allowed to upload as an attachment to a post on talk.maemo.org.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that, just like with the previous dependency, it seems that the app dies the first time you try to launch it. After that, it should be OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t know how to do that you should probably wait for it to appear in the repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diablo (Nokia 8xx)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Diablo it IS possible to download from Extras-Devel! Some users have reported issues with the &#039;SQL plugin&#039;. You might have to install the following packages as well to get it to work:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
apt-get install libqt4-sql-sqlite2 libqt4-sql&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==User Guide==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select&lt;br /&gt;
#Favourites&lt;br /&gt;
#Matches&lt;br /&gt;
#Table&lt;br /&gt;
#News&lt;br /&gt;
#Update Score&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Future versions of the User Guide might be written as Google Docs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==UI Customization==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the new features is that the UI will be somewhat &#039;user configurable&#039;. In Qt, stylesheets can be applied to application widgets. These stylesheets can be read from a file and be changed in runtime. There will be a .qsportsevent/user folder where you can put your own matches.css, table.css, select.css, news.css and favourites.css files with the stylesheets to be used in those respective tabs of the application. Instructions as to exactly what and how you can use it can be found in the Qt [http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.6/stylesheet-syntax.html documentation], [http://thesmithfam.org/blog/2009/09/10/qt-stylesheets-tutorial/ tutorial] and some [http://doc.trolltech.com/4.4/stylesheet-examples.html#customizing-qtableview examples]. As an example, it should be possible for you to change the background image (your favourite team&#039;s stadium? a team picture? your girlfriend??) and the appearance of the &#039;matches&#039; and &#039;table&#039; tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good source of images would probably be [http://www.futbolwallpapers.com FutbolWallPapers].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
background-image: url(/home/user/MyDocs/DCIM/20100501_001.jpg);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sample file, the full path is preceeded by a &#039;:&#039; character. You should NOT use it! It is only needed when the item is taken from a Qt resource file. For user customization you will take it directly from the file system, so you shouldn&#039;t use that prefix!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other &#039;user configurable&#039; feature is the rendering of the RSS feeds. You&#039;ll find this file in .qsportsevent/user/rss.xsl.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Find samples in the attachment. Please note that the default implementation has the same stylesheet for all tabs, so I only attach one example. To be able to upload files to TMO, they have to have an &#039;acceptable&#039; extension, that&#039;s why I had to add .txt. You don&#039;t need that on the device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that upgrades to newer versions of QSportsEvent might delete your files that you store in these folders, so please make sure to keep backups of them in other locations!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be creative! Share screenshots, xsl, css and image files on the forum! I&#039;m more than willing to change the default ones that come with the application with better looking examples provided by the community!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that this is very experimental! I have barely tested it myself! I include it mainly because I don&#039;t want to spend too much time on the appearance of the UI and prefer to concentrate on functionality. Besides, implementing the feature only took 15-20 minutes anyway... Ok, it took longer to write these instructions :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I can&#039;t guarantee that this feature will remain in the app, but I don&#039;t see any reason why not...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release Plans==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.0.5&#039;&#039;&#039; (Previous) was downloaded 99 times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.0.6&#039;&#039;&#039; (Previous) was downloaded 51 times. It was released on Tuesday 27th April. The main changes were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is now possible to download full league information from SoccerDB, both current and historical data. Two new &#039;tabs&#039; are available for that purpose: &#039;Downloaded Matches&#039; and &#039;Downloaded Table&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is possible to select the round of matches to look at.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the &#039;favourites&#039; tab it is now possible to select a default league. That will be the one that will be opened when QSportsEvent is launched. &lt;br /&gt;
#Background images should now be correct in all tabs. They were not in 0.0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
#This version will NOT be uploaded to Extras-Devel (except for Diablo) due to the well known issue with Qt based applications and the non-release of PR1.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.0.7 - Stadio Olimpico di Roma&#039;&#039;&#039; (Previous) was downloaded 81 times. It was released on Thursday 6th May. The main changes were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Much faster download of full league results. Now it should take 3-5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the &#039;Downloaded Matches&#039; tab is possible to select by Team as well as by round.&lt;br /&gt;
#When a RSS URL is selected, an XSL will be applied to it to render it in a readable fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
#Partially user configurable UI using Qt widget stylesheets and XSL for the news page.&lt;br /&gt;
#Did I mention live scores?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.0.8 - Santiago Bernabeu&#039;&#039;&#039; (Current) was released on Saturday 22nd May. The main changes are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#In the &#039;Downloaded Table&#039; tab, it should be possible to view the table standings for a specific round, not only the most recent situation.&lt;br /&gt;
#Chat.&lt;br /&gt;
#Predictions.&lt;br /&gt;
#UI adjustments.&lt;br /&gt;
#Am. Football, Basketball, Baseball, Icehockey and Tennis live scores.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slightly optimized network utilization&lt;br /&gt;
#New icon and splash screen&lt;br /&gt;
#Ability to update SoccerDB results has temporarily been removed due to lack of tabs...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.0.9 - San Siro or Allianz Stadium&#039;&#039;&#039; (Future) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Flag icons instead of country name in the &#039;regions&#039; of the &#039;Favourites&#039; tab (Makes the .deb too big and thus exceeding the max size allowed to upload to a post on tmo...) .&lt;br /&gt;
#Bugfix version only.&lt;br /&gt;
#This will be the candidate for pushing to Extras-Testing. Help will be needed for testing this one.&lt;br /&gt;
#If PR1.2 is released, this might make it to Extras-Devel, but don&#039;t count on it too much...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.1.0&#039;&#039;&#039; (Future) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#This is the one for Extras-Testing and (hopefully...) Extras&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.1.1&#039;&#039;&#039; (Future) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Make use of some features from Qt4.6, most notably portrait mode where it makes sense&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.1.2&#039;&#039;&#039; (Future) and others...&lt;br /&gt;
#tbd...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Version &#039;&#039;&#039;0.2.0&#039;&#039;&#039; (Future) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#This is the &#039;World Cup ready&#039; version with all the features to allow us to fully enjoy the FIFA World Cup 2010!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to report issues and feature requests==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the moment, the best way to report issues and suggestion is to post them to the thread on talk.maemo.org or to send an email to qsportsevent@gmail.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Knots2&amp;diff=13923</id>
		<title>Knots2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=Knots2&amp;diff=13923"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:04:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Donate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTICE! It seems VLC 1.1 was released with broken asf muxing and subtitles stopped working too, so don&#039;t upgrade from 1.0.6. You can use [http://downloads.sourceforge.net/portableapps/VLCPortable_1.0.5.paf.exe?download VLC Portable] too. Just copy it to Knots/win32 folder and change the path in settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knots is a Media streaming application for Windows, Mac OS X, Linux and FreeBSD. It allows you to access your desktop computer media collection from anywhere with a browser or using the client available for [[Nokia N900]] and N8x0 internet tablets. Media streaming and transcoding is handled by the excellent [http://www.videolan.org VLC]. Adobe Flash-plugin or VLC browser plugin is needed for browsers that don&#039;t support Theora video codec.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that transcoding requires a lot of CPU power and enough memory, especially if source material is high definition quality. If your CPU has several cores and decent amount of memory, you may be able to view 1080p material on your Nokia without the need to re-encode them first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fully thumb driven UI&lt;br /&gt;
* Stream videos with on-the-fly transcoding to a Knots client or to a remote computer via the web-frontend. Seeking is supported when possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Stream VDR/Dreambox Live-TV and recordings&lt;br /&gt;
* Stream MythTV recordings&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic subtitle fetching for movies, provided by http://www.opensubtitles.org&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional info for movies, provided by http://themoviedb.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick setup guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Download and install VLC media player and the server software (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the server&lt;br /&gt;
# Open a browser (Firefox, Chrome, Safari, not IE) and enter address http://localhost:1978/&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the status tab and make sure VLC is running. If it isn&#039;t,  make sure the path to vlc.exe executable is correct under &#039;settings&#039; tab. Save settings and restart server.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the &#039;collection&#039; tab, add the folders that contain your media to the list and click on &#039;update collection&#039; button. Wait until scan is finished.&lt;br /&gt;
# Install client and start it. You should be automatically connected and able to listen/view your media.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If you want to be able to view media outside your home, through 3G for example, do the following:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on settings tab and add a new user. Click on the username that appears on the list, set role to admin, add a password and save the user. Then set &amp;quot;Use authentication without SSL&amp;quot; to yes and save settings. Enter your admin username and password to login.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on settings tab and enable remote discovery. You can use the same username and password you used to authenticate to server if you wish, but they can differ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have enabled remote discovery, you need to open access to your computer. If it&#039;s directly connected to internet, open ports 1978, 19780-19790. If you use a wireless router or similar, consult the manual on how to do port forwarding. Forward ports 1978 and 19780-19790 to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have opened access to your computer, you can playback a video using the browser, click on the &#039;Hide window&#039; button, click on settings tab and click on &#039;Check server accessibility from the internet&#039; button. You should see a message saying everything is setup correctly if all is ok.&lt;br /&gt;
# Then finally open the client, click on window title bar, click on &#039;Remote discovery&#039; and authenticate with your remote discovery username and password. If authentication succeeds, you should be able to access your computer automatically from outside your network even if your computer has dynamic ip address.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Please note that for watching video through 3G you need to lower the video quality a lot. You can try the Nokia N8x0 profile first and lower bitrate and resolution until it plays without glitches. You also need to have enough upload speed on your internet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get Knots running, some dependencies have to be met. After that, the server package and the tablet client must be installed. The following steps will guide you in those tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knots server uses [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ VLC] for streaming and [http://www.ffmpeg.org/ FFmpeg] for screenshots and media info. The following steps explain how to setup those dependencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ubuntu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These instructions are for Ubuntu Karmic Koala (9.10) 32 and 64 bit. Other Debian derivates might use slightly different package names, but the general concept of the install is the same for all distros.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get install ruby1.8 ruby rubygems libsqlite3-ruby libopenssl-ruby vlc ffmpeg &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add the [https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Medibuntu Medibuntu repository] (for ffmpeg), reload your Package information, update your system and open a root terminal (sudo -s), and:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get install libavcodec-unstripped-52 libavdevice-unstripped-52 libavfilter-unstripped-0 libavformat-unstripped-52 libavutil-unstripped-49 libpostproc-unstripped-51 libswscale-unstripped-0 ubuntu-restricted-extras&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the best result, ubuntu users should compile ffmpeg themselves. [http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=786095 Here] and [http://ubuntuforums.org/showpost.php?p=6963607&amp;amp;postcount=360 here] are good guides, you only need to copy-paste few lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debian (sid)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debian follows the [[:wikipedia:Debian Free Software Guidelines|Debian Free Software Guidelines]] policy, which prevents inclusion of several codecs with potential patent issues. To run Knots2, add the [http://debian-multimedia.org/ Debian-Multimedia Repository] to your sources list, install the keyring to avoid warnings, then open a root terminal (su root) and:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get update &amp;amp;&amp;amp; apt-get install ruby1.8 ruby rubygems libsqlite3-ruby libopenssl-ruby vlc ffmpeg &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, to ensure that all requisite libraries are installed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get install libavcodec52 libavdevice52 libavfilter1 libavformat52 libavutil50 libmp3lame0 libpostproc51 libswscale0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This should allow the knots server to transcode using the default knots2 profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====OS X====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install latest [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html VLC] and [http://www.ffmpegx.com/ ffmpegX] to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Applications&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Windows====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install latest [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-windows.html VLC]. For easy setup, install it under &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;C:\Program Files&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, otherwise you will need to edit the path in server settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Server===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Linux / FreeBSD / OS X====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*nix compatible OS users can get the latest client and server with git:&lt;br /&gt;
 git clone git://github.com/solmis/knots.git&lt;br /&gt;
or download it from [http://github.com/solmis/knots/archives/master github]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then start the server with&lt;br /&gt;
 cd knots&lt;br /&gt;
 ./knots.rb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OS X users can create a standalone app too:&lt;br /&gt;
 ./install/create_osx_app&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;knots2&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; application should appear in your home folder. You can move to that to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/Applications&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. After running the application an icon appears in the dock which then disappears, but knots should be running.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a prebuilt [http://nakkiboso.com/knots2/knots_osx.zip package] for OS X users (Updated 2010-06-02).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Windows====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download the [http://www.mediafire.com/?zwnorymqyfg installer] (Updated 2010-06-13). Install and start the server from the start menu. Then select Configure server from the menu to configure it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced Windows users who want fixes and features quickly can use git too. Following is required only if you want to go through the trouble of updating the server by hand from time to time and report possible bugs about the new features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install Git for Windows from [http://code.google.com/p/msysgit/downloads/list here]. Be sure to add the git binary to your path when asked (2nd option). If you are using Vista/7, make sure you run the installer with administrator rights. Once it&#039;s installed, open cmd.exe and run these commands:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd c:\&lt;br /&gt;
 git clone git://github.com/solmis/knots.git&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then download the installer, install it somewhere and copy the ruby folder and all the executables and cmd files to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;c:\knots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Then delete the folder made by the installer and edit the Knots 2 menu items to point to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;c:\knots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. After that you can always update the server to latest version: open &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cmd.exe&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and run these commands:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd c:\knots&lt;br /&gt;
 git pull&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
after pulling the latest changes, run &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Migrate.cmd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to migrate possible database changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Sheevaplug====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sheevaplug doesn&#039;t have enough power to do transcoding, but you can listen to music and watch sd material using the Passthrough profile. VLC 0.9.9 that is available by default from the Ubuntu repository works well, but you need to either compile your own ffmpeg or install these [http://ugz.ath.cx:1415/ffmpeg_4_0.5_sheeva_armel.deb ffmpeg] and [http://nakkiboso.com/knots2/x264_1_0_sheeva_armel.deb x264] packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just point your browser to http://localhost:1978 and add your media under settings. If you don&#039;t see the &#039;&#039;Update collection&#039;&#039; button, please make sure that both ffmpeg and VLC paths are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen shot 2009-12-22 at 10.24.11 PM.png|HTML-frontend|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Client===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Client for the N8x0 (OS2008/diablo) is available from the [[extras]] repository. Client for the N900 (Maemo5/fremantle) is available from the [[extras-devel]] repository. Please bear in mind that the N900 client is still unfinished. You might come across bugs and other strange behavior (like quickly draining battery ect.) since mplayer currently can&#039;t utilize the full potential of the N900&#039;s hardware. You should not enable extras-devel if you don&#039;t know what you are doing. &#039;&#039;&#039;Please read [[extras-devel|the extras-devel article]] before installing Knots 2 for the N900&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the server from the internet securely===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can stream videos and music from outside your home network using 3G or WLAN, but make sure you make the server more secure. Check &#039;&#039;&#039;Can I use the server to view stuff from the internet?&#039;&#039;&#039; under [[#Questions and Answers|Questions and Answers]] on how to enable basic auth for the server. If you want SSL encryption for more secure server, you need a custom libsoup library, because SSL is not supported by libsoup by default on Maemo platform. &#039;&#039;&#039;We take no responsibility if it messes up other applications using this library.&#039;&#039;&#039; Then install the latest client and rootsh from extras(-devel) repositories. Open terminal and run these commands:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;For the N900&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 root&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get install libgnutls26 libgcrypt11 wget&lt;br /&gt;
 wget &amp;quot;http://nakkiboso.com/libsoup2.4-1_2.26.3-0maemo3+0m5_armel.deb&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 dpkg -i libsoup2.4-1_2.26.3-0maemo3+0m5_armel.deb&lt;br /&gt;
 rm libsoup2.4-1_2.26.3-0maemo3+0m5_armel.deb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;For the N8x0&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 root&lt;br /&gt;
 apt-get install libgnutls26 wget&lt;br /&gt;
 wget &amp;quot;http://nakkiboso.com/knots2/libsoup2.2-8_2.2.105-4_armel.deb&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 dpkg -i libsoup2.2-8_2.2.105-4_armel.deb&lt;br /&gt;
 rm libsoup2.2-8_2.2.105-4_armel.deb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knots doesn&#039;t have a 3G profile currently, because the perfect quality depends on so many things, but you can create a copy of some profile like N8x0 and tune it to suit your network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knots now has a feature to automatically connect to your server outside your LAN. Go to Settings -&amp;gt; Remote discovery and create an account for yourself. Server will then update your server location to a remote server every 6 hours. Open client and enable remote discovery by logging in with the same username and password. Client should then automatically connect to your server no matter where you are. After enabling remote discovery you can test your server setup with a click of a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Knots-0.2.6-homescreen.png|Knots2 Client Start Screen|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Knots-0.2.6-tvchannels.png|Knots2 Client browsing tv channels|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Knots-0.2.6-movieinfo.png|Knots2 Client displaying movie info|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Knots-0.2.6-searchfile.png|Knots2 Client searching for video files on server|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Knots-0.2.6-mp3playlist.png|Knots2 Client with a mp3 playlist|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Knots-0.2.6-mp3lyrics.png|Knots2 Client showing song lyrics and rating dialog|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Questions and Answers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Knots finds my media, I can browse it, but everytime I click on play I get an error message saying Stream failed to start. What is wrong?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:This may be caused by Windows Vista/7 UAC, that prevents VLC from starting properly. To fix this, select stop server from the menu to shutdown Knots. Then go to the directory where vlc.exe is, create an empty text file inside it with administrator rights and copy the following text to that file:&lt;br /&gt;
 vlc.exe -Vdummy --intf=telnet --telnet-host=localhost --telnet-port=4212 --telnet-password=knots -vvv&lt;br /&gt;
and save it. Then rename the file to startvlc.cmd and double click it. That should show the UAC prompt asking your permission to run VLC. Once you have allowed that, Knots should work normally.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I want to run knots as a windows service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Follow [http://talk.maemo.org/showpost.php?p=302977&amp;amp;postcount=62 these steps].&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;My virus scanner gives me a warning about netcat.exe that is bundled with Knots&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Netcat is used for VDR support and it&#039;s clean so the warning is harmless.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Knots doesn&#039;t play media if the path contains non-ascii characters.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:This is an issue with Ruby and Windows. It&#039;s hard to fix it in Knots so we will have to wait for Ruby 1.9.2 which fixes these issues. Until then, try to avoid non-ascii characters in filenames. Other operating systems shouldn&#039;t be affected by this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Linux===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I can&#039;t view any videos.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Did you install the correct packages of the FFmpeg libs? FFmpeg in Linux is a problem because all the license issues etc. so if your distro doesn&#039;t provide unrestricted builds you need to compile your own FFmpeg with at least libmp3lame and xvid support. Run ./scripts/vlctest to check what is wrong with your VLC/FFmpeg combo.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Knots stopped working after I upgraded to VLC 1.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:VLC developers rewrote the telnet interface and renamed the old one. if VLC fails to start, run:&lt;br /&gt;
 killall -9 ruby vlc&lt;br /&gt;
 ./scripts/setup new_vlc 1 &amp;quot;VLC &amp;gt;= 1.1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
and restart the server.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How do I start Knots on startup?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:It depends on your linux distribution, but usually you can add the following line to your /etc/rc.local&lt;br /&gt;
 su -c &amp;quot;/full/path/to/knots.rb &amp;gt; /dev/null 2&amp;gt; /dev/null &amp;amp;&amp;quot; yourusername&lt;br /&gt;
*:If you want to be able to view your knots session that was autostarted, you may choose to use the &#039;screen&#039; application that will create a separate shell session for your knots server.&lt;br /&gt;
First install &#039;screen&#039;, (if not already done):&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo apt-get install screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, starting knots using screen is done from rc.local:&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo -u yourusername -H screen -d -m -S kno /home/&#039;&#039;&#039;yourusername&#039;&#039;&#039;/knots/startknots.sh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;startknots.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; script is simply:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#!/bin/sh&lt;br /&gt;
cd /home/&#039;&#039;&#039;yourusername&#039;&#039;&#039;/knots&lt;br /&gt;
./knots.rb&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The screen session can then be resumed from a shell session by issuing the command:&lt;br /&gt;
 screen -R kno&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or to simplify this action further, put an alias in the file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/home/&#039;&#039;&#039;yourusername&#039;&#039;&#039;/.bash_aliases&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
 alias kno=&#039;screen -R kno&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===OS X===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Seeking freezes the video for a while and then stops it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:This is a VLC issue. It seems to have problems with certain codecs, mainly xvid/divx. Try updating VLC from time to time and see if it that helps. Or better yet, issue a bug report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Server===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Page content doesn&#039;t seem to update.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:That&#039;s because most tabs keep their state. Double click on the tab to force a refresh.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I don&#039;t see the Update collection -button under settings.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Make sure both VLC and FFmpeg have correct paths.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Certain videos only have sound.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Try changing the transcoding profile. 64-bit Windows seems to have issues transcoding to xvid, so try using the passthrough profile for SD content or browser/theora for HD content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lyrics don&#039;t work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Lyrics-site seems to be down from time to time, try leaving it alone for few days and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Can I use VLC browser plugin to view the video without transcoding?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Sure. Edit the passthrough profile and add a value vlc to embed and save. VLC plugin doesn&#039;t seem to close properly though, so you may need to restart the browser to kill it.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I want to use VDR / MythTV / Dreambox with Knots but can&#039;t find a setting for them.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Stop the server, run &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;./install/vdr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;./install/mythtv&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;./install/dreambox&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and answer the questions. Double click on Settings tab and you should see a button that updates them. If your VDR/Dreambox has several channels, be sure to change Capture screenshots for external urls to 0 before scanning them. Then change it back to 1 and use the Edit button to grab only the screenshots you want. Dreambox enigma1 requires the Zapstream plugin to be installed, enigma2 should work out-of-the-box.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How can I make the server output some debugging messages to the terminal?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Run &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;./scripts/enable_debug true&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt; to enable debug and &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;./scripts/enable_debug false&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt; to disable it.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Can I use the server to view stuff from the internet?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Yes, just create an admin user first. Then click on the username and set a password and save. Then enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Force authentication&#039;&#039;&#039; from the settings. If you want SSL encryption, &#039;&#039;&#039;enable SSL&#039;&#039;&#039; too. Make sure server asks for authentication and that you can login before enabling access from the internet. You need to open/forward the port you are using and then 19780 for the actual video stream (and +1 for each additional video stream). After enabling remote discovery you can check that your server is properly setup without having to use the client from outside your network. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I get black borders around the video. How can I force it to fullscreen?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Knots tries to maintain the original aspect ratio of the source material. To override this, stop the server and run &lt;br /&gt;
 ./scripts/setup disable_aspect 1 &amp;quot;Disable video aspect&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:or add it with a browser using Add new setting -button. Adding this setting may also create less artifacts in the video.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I want to tune the streaming profile. Where is some information on the available options?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*: Knots relies on vlc for handling the transcoding, so refer to it&#039;s [http://www.videolan.org/doc/streaming-howto/en/ch03.html Official Documentation] for the available settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Client===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Why isn&#039;t there a pause button?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Long story short, it would technically work as stop and resume now so use stop and resume instead. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How come the video plays fine with the client, but not when moved to the device?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Knots transcodes everything to a format your tablet supports. If your VLC can play it on your desktop, chances are your tablet then plays it as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I see no rotation menu item on my N8x0.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*: Please see [[Rotation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Can I just add sticky servers with credentials and disable the automatic discovery?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Sure, but you need to do it from the command line using xterminal. Here is an example of two sticky servers, first with authentication and SSL, second normal and discovery disabled for faster startup:&lt;br /&gt;
 gconftool-2 -s /apps/knots/sticky_server0 &amp;quot;My Closed Server/1/1978/server_address/username/password&amp;quot; -t string&lt;br /&gt;
 gconftool-2 -s /apps/knots/sticky_server1 &amp;quot;My Open Server/0/1978/server_address&amp;quot; -t string&lt;br /&gt;
 gconftool-2 -s /apps/knots/enable_discovery false -t string&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I do not hear sound on the tablet client, but i do on the server.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Ensure that the mplayer volume is up on the client by repeatedly pressing the + rocker button (volume up) For the n900 confirm the phone sound profile is &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; and not &amp;quot;silent.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Can I change the mplayer command used to view the stream?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 gconftool-2 -s /apps/knots/mplayer_command &amp;quot;/usr/bin/mplayer -your custom -settings&amp;quot; -t string&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amount of cache, X window id and stream address get appended automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Media===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Some of my audio/video files aren&#039;t scanned.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:You can add the the missing file extensions under settings and do a rescan. To keep the dependencies low, I only support MP3-tags out of the box. But it doesn&#039;t mean other audio formats won&#039;t work, they just don&#039;t get tagged properly.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;What about image support?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:As a side effect, you can actually use Knots as an image viewer too. Knots will treat images as videos that will play for 5 seconds. You need to have the latest server installed for it to work. Just add jpg,jpeg,png,gif to the list of scanned file extensions in the settings. This is totally unsupported though and may cause some strange behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I have a folder with recorded tv-series and I want to move them all to Series category. How do I do that?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Go to Edit media, limit search results to - to list them all and use the path as a search criteria. Once they are listed, click on Select all, add a category or select the one you want to move them to, select Set category action and press Apply to selected. All selected videos are then moved to that category. Same idea works with all the actions.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;My mp3-tags are messed up and I have the same album with 3 different names. Can i easily fix that?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Sure. Just go to Edit media, select the album tag, then select the wrong value and rename it to the correct one. All the songs that are in that album are moved to the correct album. Do it for all the wrong names and all the songs should be in the same album.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;My VLC doesn&#039;t seem to work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:For now VLC version needs to be 0.9.3 - 1.0.6. Newer version may work if bugs get fixed, but older ones will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;My database is all messed up, how do I start fresh?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Close the server, go to Knots folder, delete the .config folder and restart the server again. Linux/OS X users can do this easily from the command line when server is not running:&lt;br /&gt;
 rm -rf ~/.config/knots2&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;My collections is very big and I often get &#039;No results&#039; messages when browsing it. How do I make it faster?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:You can speed it up by tagging your media so that results don&#039;t become so big, but you can also add a bigger value to the network timeout field of your transcoding profile. Try using something like 90.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;I locked myself out with user settings, how can I fix that?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:Run the reset_settings script, it will remove all users, but keep the media. On Windows it&#039;s win32/ResetSettings.cmd and on Linux/OS X you can run:&lt;br /&gt;
 ./scripts/reset_settings&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Browsing etc. works fine, but playback only produces black screen with no sound and video. Progress bar works though. What&#039;s wrong?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*:You probably haven&#039;t opened/forwarded ports 19780-19790 on your router/desktop firewall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bugs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you come across bugs report them at the [http://github.com/solmis/knots/issues Knots bugtracker]. Please attach the necessary information (used Operating System, Tablet Revision, terminal output) and clear steps to reproduce the malfunction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discuss==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can discuss Knots at [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=30095 Talk]. Please submit bugs to github instead of discussion thread.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://webchat.freenode.net?channels=knots&amp;amp;uio=d4 Please join our IRC channel #knots at Freenode] or email janne dot makinen at surffi dot fi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Donate==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knots 2 is free software, but if you feel like donating, you can donate via [http://nakkiboso.com/knots2/donate.html Paypal] [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Power users]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=QTMapWidget&amp;diff=34039</id>
		<title>QTMapWidget</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=QTMapWidget&amp;diff=34039"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:04:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Count me in! */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page is intended to collect thoughts about a Qt map widget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why a QTMapWidget? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maemo/Meego devices are mobile GPS based devices. A demand for mapping services is thus very obvious. The current situation in [[Open development/Maemo roadmap/Fremantle|Maemo 5]] shows that leaving this task to the individual developers has several disadvantages for the developer as well for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Disadvantages of current Maemo5 situation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Maemo5 there is no generic map widget. Thus various developers came up with their own solutions. Some of these were based on existing widgets (e.g. osm-gps-map), are ports of previous maemo4 projects (mappero) or are completely new solutions written from scratch. Few of these share the same map widget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Every developer had to implement his own solution&lt;br /&gt;
* Map tiles are stored/cached in different locations on the device&lt;br /&gt;
** Waste of bandwidth (one widget cannot re-use data cached by another one and needs to re-download it)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Some map servers have limited bandwidth [http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Tile_usage_policy], one unified map widget may allow easier caching at one proxy server of all applications that use it.&lt;br /&gt;
** Waste of flash space as the same data is stored separately by different map widgets&lt;br /&gt;
* No central place for map cache maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
** No way to globally add new map sources&lt;br /&gt;
** No way to flush the map tile cache&lt;br /&gt;
** No way to prefetch map tiles for offline usage&lt;br /&gt;
* Individual look and feel for widgets addressing the same problem&lt;br /&gt;
* No interoperability (e.g. one app cannot display the track that was captured while another one was running) &lt;br /&gt;
* Some widgets don&#039;t work behind network proxies&lt;br /&gt;
* None of the existing widgets is really developer friendly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Wishlist ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a developer and are interested in using such a widget. What would be the things you really want to have? What do you explicitly don&#039;t want to see in such a widget?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for various map sources&lt;br /&gt;
** Classic tile based sources (openstreetmap [http://www.openstreetmap.org], google [http://maps.google.com], yahoo [http://maps.yahoo.com], virtual earth [http://www.bing.com/maps/])&lt;br /&gt;
*** Simple/dynamic method to add more sources (also user specific ones like [[Maemo-mapper topomaps]])&lt;br /&gt;
** WMS data [http://www.ogc-services.net/]&lt;br /&gt;
** Vector data&lt;br /&gt;
*** OSM vector data (&amp;quot;planet file&amp;quot; [http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Planet.osm])&lt;br /&gt;
*** Map data stored by OVI maps [http://maps.ovi.com/]&lt;br /&gt;
* Plugin concept for map sources&lt;br /&gt;
* Built-in location support, options:&lt;br /&gt;
** GPSD: GPS position&lt;br /&gt;
** Liblocation: position (GPS, network), compass and gyro&lt;br /&gt;
** QT mobility location: position (GPS, network), compass and gyro&lt;br /&gt;
** Ability to provide location to main application&lt;br /&gt;
* Overlays&lt;br /&gt;
** Static overlays (don&#039;t move nor zoom with the map)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Current position in textual representation&lt;br /&gt;
*** Map center (&amp;quot;cross hair&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Scale (metric as well as imperial)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Zoom buttons&lt;br /&gt;
*** Map source selection&lt;br /&gt;
** Dynamic overlays (move and zoom with the map)&lt;br /&gt;
*** Waypoints incl. icons&lt;br /&gt;
*** Tracks incl. a dynamic one built from GPS data&lt;br /&gt;
*** Location indicator (position, direction and precision)&lt;br /&gt;
* Separate maintenance tool&lt;br /&gt;
** Limit/monitor tile cache size&lt;br /&gt;
** Clean tile cache&lt;br /&gt;
** Preload tiles for offline usage&lt;br /&gt;
** Refresh tiles&lt;br /&gt;
** Perhaps as a control panel plugin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qt mobility location [http://labs.trolltech.com/page/Projects/QtMobility]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Existing widgets ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are not the first ones to work with maps under Qt. What projects exist? Can they be re-used? What are their advantages and disadvantages?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== QMapControl [http://www.medieninf.de/qmapcontrol/] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
* Lightweight&lt;br /&gt;
* Runs out of the box on Maemo5&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports WMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
* Not actively maintained atm&lt;br /&gt;
* Lacks basic functionality (GPS integration, live track capture, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Has some rendering problems under Maemo (track display)&lt;br /&gt;
* Google maps integration broken&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marble [http://edu.kde.org/marble/] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
* Very active big developer community. Some core developers are involved with the Maemo / MeeGo project already. There are currently 3 GSoC developers working exclusively on Marble. &lt;br /&gt;
* Support for Maemo 5 and MeeGo. Early Maemo 5 packages available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lightweight for what it does (100000LOC).&lt;br /&gt;
* Used in KDE as a generic map widget already.&lt;br /&gt;
* Supports OpenStreetMap, Google Maps, Yahoo, Custom Server Layouts. Basic WMS support.&lt;br /&gt;
* Online Routing support (via e.g. ORS).&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for position providers as plugins (gpsd, GeoClue, liblocation).&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for KML, GPS (support for OSM in the works).&lt;br /&gt;
* Different projections (sphere, Mercator, Equirectangular).&lt;br /&gt;
* Qt-Style API throughout the Marble Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons: &lt;br /&gt;
* Performance improvements for Maemo 5 necessary. However these are in the works.&lt;br /&gt;
* While the overall quality of the code is pretty good there is still some legacy code in a few places.&lt;br /&gt;
* I am very concerned regarding battery usage with this 3d approach as it puts a huge load (currently 100%) on the CPU even at low refresh rates --[[User:harbaum|harbaum]] 18:40, 12 June 2010 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Count me in! ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need some people who would like to contribute. Please state here if you want to contribute some of your time [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widget coding:&lt;br /&gt;
* Till Harbaum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have an application i&#039;d like to use such a widget in:&lt;br /&gt;
* Till Harbaum (tool to visualize contact positions and to track friends)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UI-Design, Mockups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Qt]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=N900_Hardware_USB&amp;diff=28021</id>
		<title>N900 Hardware USB</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://maemo.octonezd.me/index.php?title=N900_Hardware_USB&amp;diff=28021"/>
		<updated>2011-12-15T03:04:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;114.79.28.10: /* Host mode details. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The USB connector on the [[Nokia N900|N900]] is a micro-b connector, as now required in European and Chinese markets, under the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universal_Charger_Solution#Universal_Charging_Solution|new scheme to make all phone charger sockets identical].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==USB implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The N900 seems initially to have been designed to be capable of acting as a USB host, or implementing OSG mode. This would have allowed keyboards, mice, and other peripherals to be plugged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The USB port with embedded host mode could not be certified, as the OTG drivers were not ready. (see [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?p=643577#post643577] last block). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lead to the the micro-AB USB connector being replaced by a micro-B, and the host functionality being officially removed short time before launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lacking certification would have a large number of issues, from some operating systems requiring certification before allowing drivers to be distributed, to legal compliance with the USB charger specs - it would technically not be a USB port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Chips===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four chips involved in the USB subsystem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SoC====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The System-on-a-chip is the main processor on the n900.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the [http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/omap3530.html  TI omap3430]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Gaia====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[N900_Hardware_Power_management/I2C|TWL4030]] is a TI companion chip to the SoC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====USB battery charger====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/bq24150.html bq24150] charger from TI is a flexible charger. It, along with the PHY chip - support charging without the intervention of the SoC when the system is charging from a completely dead battery. The PHY chip detects a charger (shorted D+ and D- pins) and the charger uses this information to charge more rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also features reverse boost mode - which enables power to be supplied to a USB device connected to the N900. (up to a limit of 200mA) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information see [[N900 Hardware Battery Charger]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====USB Phy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.nxp.com/ NXP] isp1707a is used as the USB PHY chip. [http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-usb/msg25167.html]. This rights to this part have been bought by ST-Ericson and some information is [http://www.stericsson.com/sales_marketing_resources/USB_transceiverBR_1.pdf available in a brief marketing sheet]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no published datasheet for this chip. It may be available under another name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reasonably similar chip (compare chips: [http://www.ebv.com/fileadmin/products/Products/ST-Ericsson/Flyer_USB_Transceivers_1.pdf]) is the 1704 which has a datasheet [http://www.stericsson.com/technical_documents/CD00222700.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information see [[N900 Hardware USB PHY]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Circuit===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The SoC has the USB protocol controller - this is the &#039;high level&#039; controller - it implements most of the USB protocol. This is a [http://www.mentor.com/products/ip/usb/usb20otg/ Mentorgrafix MUSBMHDRC-core] IntelectualProperty function block licenced for the OMAP.&lt;br /&gt;
* The PHY (physical layer) chip connects to the world through the USB socket. This is not the normal companion chip - but the NXP part, and is connected to the SoC via a standard ULPI interface. It does the very lowest level USB hardware protocol. Also it detects chargers (by sensing D+/D- short). It also has a connection to VBUS, via a 1k resistor, to do certain probing.&lt;br /&gt;
* The [[N900 Hardware Battery Charger|bq24150 Battery charger]]. This is connected to the battery, and the PHY chip, as well as to the SoC though I2C. It handles (with the PHY chip) charging from dead. It also implements boost mode, to enable powering things through the USB socket. Of course it detects when external VBUS is applied.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gaia. The [[N900_Hardware_Power_management/I2C|TWL4030]] is used to sense the value of the ID pin. It also has a connection to VBUS, to power up the device on charger insertion and inform a running system about changes in VBUS state. Though TWL4030 has a function similar to PHY chip as well, the original design using this function had to change as early chip revisions had problems with charger detection (so the rumour). Driver sourecode is full of cruft from that original design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Software===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[N900 Software BME|BME]] - the battery managment entity. This has its hands in everything, especially the bq24150, and is split into&lt;br /&gt;
** charger detection (via PHY) in kernel MUSB_HDRC driver, exposing /sys/devices/platform/musb_hdrc/charger&lt;br /&gt;
** BME - userspace driver for the charger chip, as well as monitoring battery voltage through Gaia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Hald-addon-bme - a small helper program to interface between HAL and BME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Kernel driver. &lt;br /&gt;
** This seems to be a partially implemented OTG driver for the initial design of the N900, with OTG mode partially implemented, assuming that the twl4030 would be used as the USB PHY. It seems to have been modified only to the extent required to make the NXP PHY work as a replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Host mode details.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Host mode works, see [http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?p=901888#post901888 this thread] Mohammad started on talk.maemo.org, when releasing first beta of a package comprising of a hostmode patched kernel build by Paul Fertser with support of h-e-n team, and a lean GUI built by Mohammad. The basic functionality seems to work fine.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
A [[N900_Hardware_USB_Host|user friendly implementation]] that makes it easy to use host mode needs a lot more than this, e.g. proper automounting, clean unmounting and sync, drivers for all kinds of peripherals etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A USB OTG controller would normally switch between host and device mode (initially) using the ID pin, to detect if it&#039;s at the A or B-side of a OTG cable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially it was claimed that ID is not connected externally, and that this made USB host mode impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this is mostly correct, it needs some exemplification: &lt;br /&gt;
* the ID pin is not connected to PHY, but it is connected to GAIA&lt;br /&gt;
* MUSB-core has a hw statemachine that reacts on a telegram from PHY, telling MUSB-core about ID pin grounded and to enter OTG_A hostmode now.&lt;br /&gt;
* Other PHY chips (e.g. in N810) [http://goo.gl/Dg36c youtube] [http://goo.gl/16GT5 idm] have a command to make them send this telegram, so you can switch MUSB-core to hostmode under software control (go figure!). 1707 is missing this function.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is apparently no way to tell MUSB-core directly to switch to hostmode in a natural way.&lt;br /&gt;
* However there is a bit in MUSB-core registers called FORCE_HOST, which is switching MUSB-core into a semi-lobotomized test mode and allowed us to implement h-e-n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===the following text needs update, it doesn&#039;t represent current state of investigation results anymore (corrections in &#039;&#039;(italic)&#039;&#039;)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, similar device datasheets indicate that the ID pin is used on hardware that supports it to switch between host and device mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But, importantly, the ID pin does nothing directly to the state of the PHY. It simply informs the CPU &#039;&#039;(the MUSB-core)&#039;&#039; of the state of the ID pin, and leaves the driver to properly configure the chip (nota bene, only for OTG, and only for determining the inital state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, if the kernel can be altered to ignore this pin - which should be trivial if there is host mode support for the chip in the kernel &#039;&#039;(the hw statemachine in MUSB-core won&#039;t play nice with whatever kernel does to enable hostmode in a &amp;quot;normal&amp;quot; way)&#039;&#039;- then host mode works.(the related sourcecode is to be found here:[http://mxr.maemo.org/fremantle/source/kernel/drivers/usb/musb/musb_core.c#2010], a &#039;echo host &amp;gt;mode&#039; should work if the kernel driver wasn&#039;t crippled in some strange way)&#039;&#039;(h-e-n kernel hostmode now is working like this, but still needs another &#039;echo Fx &amp;gt;/proc/drivers/musb-hdrc&#039; where &#039;x&#039; is depending on speed. The kernel is &amp;quot;crippled&amp;quot; in a way it can not send a command to PHY to switch to hostmode, as the 1707 &#039;&#039;&#039;seems&#039;&#039;&#039; doesn&#039;t support this - further investigation needed, maybe it has this command but it isn&#039;t documented. Or we can spoof this command rsp the resulting telegram)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current understanding by several people who are working on USB host mode is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The USB port can supply power - at least 200mA (as demonstrated here:[http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?p=588950#post588950]). This is plenty for many devices - mice and keyboards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems likely that a relatively simple kernel change should enable USB hostmode - http://focus.ti.com/lit/ug/spruf98d/spruf98d.pdf - search for FORCE_HOST - there may well be other cleaner solutions. &#039;&#039;(h-e-n is exploiting this. About the &amp;quot;relatively simple&amp;quot; part that&#039;s up to your discretion)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A possibly related errata is detailed at 3.1.3 in [http://focus.ti.com/lit/er/sprz278d/sprz278d.pdf this document] - this, and other erratas may or may not cause issues with implementing host mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==USB socket==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|N900 Hardware USB Socket}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatible devices===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Compatible USB devices&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! USB NIC name&lt;br /&gt;
! Status&lt;br /&gt;
! class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | Additional information&lt;br /&gt;
! Additional driver needed&lt;br /&gt;
! class=&amp;quot;unsortable&amp;quot; | Discussion link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Edimax EU-4207 || Working || no problems found || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;no&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; || http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=66667&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:N900 Hardware]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>114.79.28.10</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>